the terrace at project ruby view reroof specifications specifications.pdf · project: the terrace...

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF

OWNER: Elko Senior Citizen Center Inc.

1795 Ruby View Drive Elko, NV 89801

ARCHITECT: LOMBARD-CONRAD ARCHITECTS, Nevada, Ltd.

392 5th Street Elko, NV 89801-3706

Ph.775.299.4994

Owner Review Set LCA No. 17028.01 Date: January 26, 2017

Set No.

The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof 17028.01

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRE BID MEETING NOTICE NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID CONTRACT CONTRACT FORMS SPECIAL CONDITIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 012100 ALLOWANCES 012200 UNIT PRICES 012300 ALTERNATES 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCECURES 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 013100 PROJECT MANGAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017300 EXECUTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTCTION 070150.19 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING 073216 CONCRETE ROOF TILES 074213.53 METAL SOFFIT PANELS 075419 POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 077253 SNOW GUARDS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRE-BID MEETING NOTICE

PROJECT: THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF TO: Plan Holders FROM: Kerry Aquirre Executive Director- The Terrace at Ruby View SUBJECT: Pre-bid Meeting _____________________________________________________________________ There will be a pre-bid meeting for this project. The pre-bid meeting will be held at 11:00 am on Thursday, March 8, 2018 at the Terrace at Ruby View administration offices. This meeting is not mandatory but attendance is strongly encouraged.

INSTRUCTIONS

TO BIDDERS

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Receipt, Withdrawal and Opening of Bids; Copies of Contract Documents:

The Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc., Elko, Nevada, (herein called the "Owner"), will receive bids at the office of the Department of Community Development, 155 So. 9th Street, until March 21, 2018 at 3:00 pm pst. All bids will then be publicly opened and read aloud at the same location. The envelope containing the bids must be sealed, addressed to the Board of the Senior Activities Programs, Inc., 1795 Ruby View Drive Elko, Nevada 89801, and designated as Bid for:

“THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF”

Any bid not physically received by 3:00 pm on the date above specified shall not be considered. Bidders mailing bids assume the risk of late delivery. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. No bidder may withdraw a bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. Copies of the documents and information involved in this project may be obtained at the offices of Lombard Conrad Architects Nevada, Inc. for $75.00, NONREFUNDABLE. The outside of the envelope shall be clearly marked bid for “The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof” and shall include the bidder's State Contractor's License Number.

2. Contractors License:

The Bidder shall hold a Nevada Classification C-15, subclassification C-15a Contractors license, which is for the specialty of roofing.

3. Experience Qualifications: The Bidder shall have a minimum of five (5)

successful clay or concrete roof tile installations of a similar size and scope of this project within the past five (5) years. Projects shall submitted with the bid and be listed under the Experience Qualifications form found in these specifications.

4. Preparation of Bid:

Each bid must be submitted on the Bid form attached hereto. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, his address, State Contractor's License Number and the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. If forwarded by mail, the

sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in the bid form.

Each bidder shall complete and file with his bid the Bid Bond, Designation of Subcontractors and license numbers and Experience Qualifications on the forms attached hereto, together with any other material required by these Instructions to file a complete bid.

5. Subcontracts:

Any person, firm, corporations, or other party to whom it is proposed to award a subcontract under this Contract, must be acceptable to the Owner and approved by the Owner prior to award of subcontract. The Contractor shall list, at bid time, all subcontractors along with their license, who will provide labor or a portion of the work or improvement to the Contractor for which they will be paid any amount. Substitution of subcontractors shall only occur as provided in N.R.S. 338.144

6. Telegraphic Modification: Bids will not be accepted or any modification of bid will not be allowed by telegraphic communication. 7. Qualifications of Bidder:

Any and all bids may be rejected by the Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc. if the Board determines that any bidder is not responsive or responsible or that the quality of the services, supplies, materials, equipment or labor proffered does not conform to the requirements or if the public interest would be served by such a rejection.

The Board may reject any bid from or refuse to award a Contract to any person, firm, or corporation that is in arrears or is in default to the County of Elko upon any debt or contract, or has failed to perform faithfully and satisfactorily any previous contract with the County of Elko.

If any person, firm, co-partnership, corporation, association, or other organization, or any combination of any thereof, submits a bid to do any work within the State of Nevada for which a license is required by Chapter 624 of Nevada Revised Statute without first having a valid license, the bid of such person, firm, co-partnership, corporation, association or other organization shall be void pursuant to N.R.S. 624.230.

The Owner or Project Architect may make such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the financial responsibility of the bidder and the ability of

the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall immediately furnish to the Owner or Project Architect all such information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner or Project Architect that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein, and had the necessary capital, materials, labor and equipment to conduct the work to be contracted for, to the satisfaction of the County.

If the contract is awarded, the award shall be made to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. The lowest responsive and responsible bidder will be judged on the basis of price, performance to specifications, bidder’s qualifications, and the best interest of the public, each of such factors being considered.

8. Bid Security:

Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified check of the bidder, or a bid bond prepared on the form of bid bond attached hereto, duly executed by the bidder as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company approved by the Owner, in the amount of 10% of the bid. Such cash, checks or bid bonds will be returned to all except the three lowest bidders within three days after the opening of bids, and the remaining cash, checks, or bid bonds will be returned promptly after the Owner and the accepted bidder have executed the contract, or, if no award has been made within 30 days after the date of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter, so long as he has not been notified of the acceptance of his bid.

9. Liquidated Damages for Failure to Enter into Contract:

If a bidder withdraws his bid other than as in these instructions provided, or if the successful bidder fails or refuses to execute and deliver the contract and bonds required within 10 days after he has received notice of the acceptance of his bid, such bidder shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for such withdrawal, failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid.

10. Conditions of Work:

Each bidder must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the construction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all material, services, equipment and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of this Contract. Insofar as possible, the Contractor, in carrying out his work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other Contractor.

11. Addenda and Interpretations:

No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally.

Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the project design professional, Byron Smith, Lombard Conrad Architects Nevada, Inc. (LCA) and to be given consideration must be received at least five working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to new specifications which, if issued, will be mailed not later than three working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders who have made request therefore and furnished their addresses. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the contract documents.

12. Security for Faithful Performance:

Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed contract, the Contractor shall furnish and file in the office of the Executive Director of the Terrace at Ruby View, a surety bond or bonds as security for faithful performance of this contract and for the payment of all persons performing labor on the project under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract, as required by Paragraph 3 of the General Conditions.

13. Power of Attorney:

Attorneys-in fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified copy of their current power of attorney.

14. Laws and Regulations:

All applicable Federal laws, State laws, building codes, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as though herein written out in full. Any conflict between laws and bid specification will be resolved in favor of the law.

15. Availability of Funds:

If at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the lowest base bid submitted by a responsive and responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds then estimated by the Owner as available to finance the Contract, if awarded, will be awarded on the base bid only. If such bid exceeds such amount, the Owner may

reject all bids or may award the contract on the base bid or combine the base bid with such deductible alternates applied at the choice of the Owner, as produces a net amount which is within the available funds. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids.

16. Examination of Site, Contract Documents, Etc.:

At the time of the opening of bids each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the plans and contract documents (including all addenda) and NRS chapter 338. The failure or omission of any bidder to examine the site or any form, instrument or document shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in connection with his bid.

The Contract Documents constituting component parts of the Contract to be awarded are set out in the Contract Form.

17. Rejection of Bids:

The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities in any bid or the submission thereof, or to reject any or all bids not prepared and submitted in accordance with these instructions and the other Contract documents.

18. Prevailing Rate of Wages: The Estimated cost for this project is less than the $250,000 threshold

requiring payment of Prevailing Wages. If the Contractor’s bid is above this $250,000 threshold, the Contractor will be required to comply with Prevailing Wage requirements regarding wages and/or benefits. The 2018 Prevailing Wage rates are included herein in order to provide prospective bidders with a general understanding of the wage rates which may apply to this contract. It is the responsibility of the bidder to obtain the 2018 Prevailing Wage rates applicable to projects in Elko County, and any current changes thereto, and to incorporate such Wage Rates into their bids. Contractors will also be required to strictly comply with State wage reporting requirements.

19. Bidder Preference:

Any Contractor wishing to receive preference for public works projects, per the requirements set forth in NRS 338.1389, as amended, shall submit the Bidder Preference Certificate of Eligibility issued by the Nevada State Contractors Board on projects that exceed $250,000 and have no federal grant funding. The certificate is due as part of the bid submittal.

20. Prebid Meeting: There will be a prebid meeting scheduled for 11:00 A.M. (PST) on March 8, 2018, at the project site, The Terrace at Ruby View, 1795 Ruby View Drive, Elko, Nevada, 89801.

This meeting is not mandatory but is strongly recommended.

2017-2018 Prevailing Wage Rates - Elko County

1

2018 PREVAILING WAGE RATES

ELKO COUNTY DATE OF DETERMINATION: October 1, 2017

APPLICABLE FOR PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS BID/AWARDED OCTOBER 1, 2017 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2018*

“Pursuant to Nevada Administrative Code (NAC) section 338.040(3), "After a contract has been awarded, the prevailing rates of wages in effect at the time of the opening of bids remain in

effect for the duration of the project."

As Amendments/Addenda are made to the wage rates, such will be posted to sites of the respective counties. Please review regularly for any amendments posted or contact our offices directly for further assistance with any amendments to the rates. *Prevailing Wage Rates may be adjusted based on Collective Bargaining Agreements (CBA’s) and adjustments to those agreements. (See NAC section 338.010.)

AIR BALANCE TECHNICIAN ALARM INSTALLER

BOILERMAKER

BRICKLAYER

CARPENTER

CEMENT MASON

ELECTRICIAN-COMMUNICATION TECH.

ELECTRICIAN-LINE

ELECTRICIAN-NEON SIGN

ELECTRICIAN-WIREMAN

ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR

FENCE ERECTOR

FLAGPERSON

FLOOR COVERER

GLAZIER

HIGHWAY STRIPER

HOD CARRIER-BRICK MASON

HOD CARRIER-PLASTERER TENDER

IRON WORKER

LABORER


2

MECHANICAL INSULATOR

MILLWRIGHT

OPERATING ENGINEER

OPERATING ENG. STEEL FABRICATOR/ERECTOR

OPERATING ENGINEER-PILEDRIVER

PAINTER

PILEDRIVER (NON-EQUIPMENT) PLASTERER

PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER

REFRIGERATION

ROOFER (Does not include sheet metal roofs) SHEET METAL WORKER

SPRINKLER FITTER

SURVEYOR (NON-LICENSED) TAPER

TILE /TERRAZZO WORKER/MARBLE MASON

TRAFFIC BARRIER ERECTOR

TRUCK DRIVER

WELL DRILLER

LUBRICATION AND SERVICE ENGINEER (MOBILE AND GREASE RACK)

SOIL TESTER (CERTIFIED)

SOILS AND MATERIALS TESTER

PREVAILING WAGE RATES INCLUDE THE BASE RATE AS WELL AS ALL APPLICABLE FRINGES NRS 338.010(21) “Wages” means: (a) The basic hourly rate of pay; and (b) The amount of pension, health and welfare, vacation and holiday pay, the cost of apprenticeship training or other similar programs or other bona fide fringe benefits which are a benefit to the workman. NRS 338.035 Discharge of part of obligation of contractor or subcontractor engaged on public work to pay wages by making certain contributions in name of workman. The obligation of a contractor engaged on a public work or a subcontractor engaged on a public work to pay wages in accordance with the determination of the Labor Commissioner may be discharged in part by making contributions to a third person pursuant to a fund, plan or program in the name of the workman. In accordance with AB 172: The Labor Commissioner shall determine the prevailing wage to be 90 percent of the rate determined pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) for: (1) Any contract for a public work or any other construction, alteration, repair, remodeling or reconstruction of an improvement or property to which a school district or the Nevada System of Higher Education is a party; and

(2) A public work of, or constructed by, a school district or the Nevada System of Higher Education, or any other construction, alteration, repair, remodeling or reconstruction of an improvement or property of or constructed by a school district or the Nevada System of Higher Education.


3

CRAFT RATE NSHE OR SCHOOL DISTRICT

Union or Non-Union Rate

AIR BALANCE TECHNICIAN ADD ZONE RATE Union Air Balance-Journeyman 57.93 52.14 Air Balance-Foreman 60.86 54.77 Air Balance-General Foreman 63.78 57.40

ALARM INSTALLER Non -Union Alarm Installer 38.16 34.34 BOILERMAKER Non -Union Boilermaker-Journeyman 65.94 59.35 Boilermaker-Foreman 65.94 59.35 Boilermaker-General Foreman 65.94 59.35

BRICKLAYER ADD ZONE RATE

Union Bricklayer 37.83 34.04 CARPENTER ADD ZONE RATE

Union Carpenter 45.46 40.91 CEMENT MASON ADD ZONE RATE Union Cement Mason-Journeyman 39.87 35.88 Cement Mason-Foreman 42.77 38.49 ELECTRICIAN-COMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN ADD ZONE RATE

Union Communication Technician 35.47 31.92 ELECTRICIAN-LINEMAN/GROUNDMAN/HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

Union Electrician-Groundman 40.19 36.17 Electrician-Lineman 60.40 54.36 Electrician-Foreman 66.29 59.66 Electrician-General Foreman 72.28 65.05 Electrician-Equipment Specialist 48.93 44.04


4

ELECTRICIAN-NEON SIGN Union Electrician-Neon Sign 50.35 45.32 ELECTRICIAN-WIREMAN ADD ZONE RATE Union Wireman 56.60 50.94 Cable Splicer 60.66 54.60 Foreman 60.66 54.60 General Foreman 64.73 58.26 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR Union Elevator Constructor-Journeyman Mechanic 87.91 79.12

Elevator Constructor-Mechanic in Charge 95.74 86.17

FENCE ERECTOR Non -Union Fence Erector 21.81 19.63

FLAGPERSON ADD LABORER ZONE RATE

Union

Flagperson 33.20 29.88

FLOOR COVERER Union

Floor Coverer-Journeyman 40.69 36.62

Floor Coverer-Foreman 43.52 39.17

GLAZIER Non -Union

Glazier 23.50 21.15

HIGHWAY STRIPER ADD LABORER ZONE RATE

Union

Highway Striper 38.82 34.94 HOD CARRIER-BRICK MASON TENDER ADD ZONE RATE Union

Brick Mason-Journeyman 34.92 31.43 Brick Mason-Foreman 35.32 31.79


5

HOD CARRIER-PLASTERER TENDER ADD ZONE RATE

Union Plasterer Tender-Journeyman 38.42 34.58 Plasterer-Gun Tender 39.42 35.48 Plasterer Tender-Foreman 39.78 35.80 IRON WORKER Union Ironworker-Journeyman 66.09 59.48 Ironworker-Foreman 69.48 62.53 Ironworker-General Foreman

LABORER SEE GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS

ADD ZONE RATE

Union

Landscaper 30.91 27.82 Furniture Mover 32.41 29.17 Group 1 36.07 32.46 Group 1A 33.20 29.88 Group 2 36.17 32.55 Group 3 36.32 32.69 Group 4 36.57 32.91 Group 4A 37.82 34.04 Group 5 36.87 33.18 Group 6

Nozzlemen, Rodmen 35.87 32.28 Gunmen, Materialmen 36.57 32.91 Reboundmen 36.22 32.60 Gunite Foremen 37.27 33.54

MECHANICAL INSULATOR ADD ZONE RATE Union Mechanical Insulator-Journeyman 63.29 56.96 Mechanical Insulator-Foreman 66.29 59.66 Mechanical Insulator-General Foreman 68.29 61.46 MILLWRIGHT ADD ZONE RATE Union Millwright-Journeyman 59.76 53.78 Millwright-Welder 60.76 54.68 Millwright-Foreman 63.43 57.09


6

Millwright-General Foreman 67.47 60.72 OPERATING ENGINEER SEE GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS ADD ZONE RATE

Union Group 1 51.44 46.30 Group 1A 54.20 48.78 Group 2 54.73 49.26 Group 3 55.00 49.50 Group 4 55.74 50.17 Group 5 56.04 50.44 Group 6 56.21 50.59 Group 7 56.46 50.81 Group 8 57.05 51.35 Group 9 57.37 51.63 Group 10 57.72 51.95 Group 10A 57.91 52.12 Group 11 58.15 52.34 Group 11A 59.79 53.81 Group 11B 60.60 54.54 Foreman 59.79 53.81 Add 7% to base rate for "Second" Shift Add 12.5% to base rate for "Special" shift -

OPERATING ENGINEER-STEEL FABRICATOR & ERECTOR SEE GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS

ADD ZONE RATE

Union Group 1 66.74 60.07 Group 1 Truck Crane Oiler 60.57 54.51 Group 1 Oiler 58.61 52.75 Group 2 65.23 58.71 Group 2 Truck Crane Oiler 60.32 54.29 Group 2 Oiler 58.40 52.56 Group 3 63.99 57.59 Group 3 Truck Crane Oiler 60.10 54.09 Group 3 Oiler 58.18 52.36 Group 3 Hydraulic 59.77 53.79 Group 4 62.26 56.03


7

Group 5 61.16 55.04 Add 7% to base rate for "Second" Shift - Add 12.5% to base rate for "Special" Shift

OPERATING ENGINEER -PILEDRIVER SEE GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS ADD ZONE RATE

Union Group 1 66.21 59.59 Group 1 Truck Crane Oiler 60.75 54.68 Group 1 Oiler 58.83 52.95 Group 2 64.67 58.20 Group 2 Truck Crane Oiler 60.54 54.49 Group 2 Oiler 58.63 52.77 Group 3 63.22 56.90 Group 3 Truck Crane Oiler 60.32 54.29 Group 3 Oiler 58.40 52.56 Group 4 61.71 55.54 Group 5 60.60 54.54 Group 6 59.49 53.54 Group 7 58.53 52.68 Group 8 57.57 51.81 Add 7% to base for "Second" Shift Add 12.5% to base for "Special" Shift PAINTER

Brush/Roller Painter 37.64 33.88 Spray Painter/Paperhanger 38.88 34.99 Sandblaster 38.93 35.04 Structural Steel & Steeplejack 38.93 35.04 Swing Stage 39.64 35.68 Special Coating Application-Brush 38.88 34.99 Special Coating Application-Spray 38.93 35.04 Special Coating Application-Spray Steel 38.93 35.04

Foreman $1.00 above highest Journeyman

PILEDRIVER Union Piledriver-Journeyman 55.46 49.91


8

Piledriver-Foreman 59.19 53.27

PLASTERER ADD ZONE RATE Union Plasterer 40.77 36.69 PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER Non -Union Plumber/Pipefitter 27.26 24.53 REFRIGERATION Union Refrigeration-Journeyman 49.19 44.27 Refrigeration-Foreman 51.99 46.79 Refrigeration-General Foreman 54.78 49.30 ROOFER (Does not include sheet metal roofs)

Union

Roofer 35.90 32.31 SHEET METAL WORKER ADD ZONE RATE Union Sheet Metal Worker 57.93 52.14 SPRINKLER FITTER SEE AMENDMENT 3 Non-Union Sprinkler Fitter-Journeyman 60.29 54.26 Sprinkler Fitter-Foreman 64.11 57.70 Sprinkler Fitter-General Foreman 66.36 59.72

SURVEYOR ADD OPERATING ENG. ZONE RATE

Union

Surveyor 55.00 49.50

TAPER Union Taper 43.16 38.84 TILE SETTER/TERRAZZO WORKER/MARBLE MASON-FINISHER

Tile, Terrazzo and Marble Finisher 27.82 25.04

TILE SETTER/TERRAZZO WORKER/MARBLE MASON ADD ZONE RATE Union


9

Tile Setter-Journeyman 37.12 33.41 Tile Setter-Foreman 38.37 34.53 Tile Setter-General Foreman 40.12 36.11 Terrazzo/Marble Mason-Journeyman 38.62 34.76 Terrazzo/Marble Mason-Foreman 39.87 35.88 Terrazzo/Marble Mason-General Foreman 41.62 37.46

TRAFFIC BARRIER ERECTOR ADD LABORER ZONE RATE

Union

Traffic Barrier Erector 36.07 32.46

TRUCK DRIVER Dump Trucks (Single or Multiple Units Including Semi's & Double Transfer Units), Dumpcretes and Bulk Cement Spreader)

Non -Union Under 4 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 4 yds. & under 8 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 8 yds. & under 18 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 18 yds. & under 25 yds. ( water level) 30.12 27.11 25 yds. & under 60 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 60 yds. & under 75 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 75 yds. & under 100 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 100 yds. & under 150 yds.(water level) 30.12 27.11 150 yds. & under 250 yds. ( water level) 30.12 27.11 250 yds. & under 350 yds. (water level) 30.12 27.11 350 yds. & over (water level) 30.12 27.11 Transit Mix

Under 8 yds. 30.12 27.11 8 yds. & including 12 yds. 30.12 27.11 Over 12 yds. 30.12 27.11

Transit Mix (Using Boom)

Transit mix with boom shall receive 16 cents per hour 30.12 27.11

above the appropriate yardage classification rate of pay 30.12 27.11

when such boom is used 30.12 27.11


10

Water & Jetting Trucks

Up to 2,500 gallons 30.12 27.11 2,500 gallons & over 30.12 27.11 DW 20's & 21's & other similar Cat type, Terry Cobra LeTourneau pulls, Tournerocker, Euclid, & similar type equipment when pulling Aqua/Pak, Water Tank Trailers, & Fuel, and/or Grease Tank Trailer, or other miscellaneous Trailers, (except as defined under "Dump Trucks") 30.12 27.11

Heavy Duty Transport (High Bed) 30.12 27.11 Heavy Duty Transport(Gooseneck low bed) 30.12 27.11

Tiltbed or Flatbed Pull Trailers 30.12 27.11 Bootman, Comb. Bootman & Road Oiler 30.12 27.11 Flat Rack (2 or 3 axle unit) 30.12 27.11 Bus & Manhaul Drivers

Up to 18,000 lbs. (single unit) 30.12 27.11 18,000 lbs. & over (single unit) 30.12 27.11 Helicopter Pilot (transporting men/materials) 30.12 27.11

Lift Jitneys

Winch Truck & "A" Frame Drivers

Up to 18,000 lbs. 30.12 27.11 18,000 lbs. and over 30.12 27.11 Warehousemen Spotter 30.12 27.11 Warehouse Clerk 30.12 27.11 Tire Repairmen 30.12 27.11 Truck Repairmen 30.12 27.11 Pick Up Truck & Pilot Cars (Jobsite) 30.12 27.11 Pick Up Truck & Pilot Cars (Over the road) 30.12 27.11

Truck Oil Greaser 30.12 27.11 Fuel Truck Driver 30.12 27.11 Fuel Man & Fuel Island Man 30.12 27.11 Oil Tanker 30.12 27.11 Oil Tanker with Pup 30.12 27.11 Foreman: 30.12 27.11


11

WELL DRILLER Union Well Driller 71.19 64.61 LUBRICATION AND SERVICE ENGINEER (MOBILE AND GREASE RACK)

ADD OPERATING ENG. ZONE RATE

Union Lubrication and Service Engineer (mobile and grease rack) 56.46 50.81

SOIL TESTER (CERTIFIED)

Non -Union

Soil Tester (Certified) 40.38 36.34

SOILS AND MATERIALS TESTER

Non -Union Soils and Materials Tester 40.38 36.34

Job Descriptions for Recognized Classes of Workmen

Regarding job descriptions for public works projects, please take notice of the following:

1. Pursuant to NAC 338.0095(1)(a), "A workman employed on a public work must be paid based on the type of work that the workman actually performs on the public work and in accordance with the recognized class of the workman."

2. The work description for a particular class is not intended to be jurisdictional in scope nor to be construed as limiting or prohibiting any worker from performing the work of one or more classes.

3. Any person who believes that a type of work is not classified, or who otherwise needs clarification pertaining to the recognized classes or job descriptions, shall contact the Labor Commissioner, in writing, for a determination of the applicable classification and pay rate for a particular type of work.

4. The job descriptions set forth or referenced herein supersede any and all descriptions previously agreed upon by the Labor Commissioner in any settlement agreements or stipulations arising out of contested matters.

5. The following specific provisions, where applicable, shall prevail over any general provisions of the job descriptions:

• Amendments to the prevailing wage determinations; • Group Classifications and/or descriptions recognized by the Labor Commissioner and

included with wage determinations for a particular type of work in a particular county.


12

AIR BALANCE TECHNICIAN, includes but is not limited to: Inspecting, testing, programming, documenting, adjusting and balancing heating, cooling and ventilating systems using specialized tools and testing equipment to attain performance standards specified in the design of the systems.

ALARM INSTALLER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Installing or testing electrical protective signaling systems used to provide notification of fire, burglary or other irregularities on the premises of the subscriber of the system;

2. Installing of wiring and signaling units; 3. Repairing electrical protective signaling systems 4. Starting up, programming and documenting systems;

BOILERMAKER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Constructing, assembling, maintaining and repairing stationary steam boilers and boiler house auxiliaries;

2. Aligning structures or plate sections to assemble boiler frame tanks or vats; 3. Assisting in the testing of assembled vessels, directing cleaning of boilers and boiler furnaces; 4. Inspecting and repairing boiler fittings, including, without limitation, safety valves, regulators, automatic-

control mechanisms, water columns and auxiliary machines.

BRICKLAYER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Laying materials, including without limitation, brick, structural tile and blocks of concrete, cinder, glass, gypsum and terra cotta, but not including stone, to construct or repair walls, partitions, arches, sewers, and other structures;

2. Laying and aligning bricks, blocks or tiles to build or repair structures for high temperature equipment, including, without limitation, cupola, kilns, ovens and furnaces; and

3. Fastening or fusing brick or other building materials to structures with wire clamps, anchor holes, torches or cement.

4. Pointing-cleaning-caulking of all types of masonry; caulking of window frames encased in masonry on brick, stone or cement structures, including grinding and cutting out on such work and sand blasting, steam cleaning and gunite work.

5. Pointing, cleaning and weatherproofing of buildings, grain elevators and chimneys built of stone, brick or concrete, including grinding and cutting out, sand blasting and gunite work on the same.

CARPENTER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Laying out, constructing, erecting, fabricating, installing and repairing structures and fixtures of wood, plywood, or alternative materials, doors and hardware and the fastening of the same, inclusive of garage or overhead door openers, cabinets, framework, floors, and acoustical ceiling systems using carpenter's hand tools and power tools;

2. Installing or erecting metal studs, drywall, lathing, wall partitions, prefabricated EFIS panels or any other system of panels that is attached to the interior or exterior of any building or structure, insulation and all types of ceilings;


13

3. Pre-cast concrete and concrete form work which includes but is not limited to: setting of templates, layout, fabrication, constructing, placing, erection, rigging and hoisting, stripping and removing of all forms which are to be reused;

4. Plywood decking, including, without limitation, stacking and installation of the plywood and the plywood decking;

5. Cutting, setting, removing of beam sides and soffits, bracing, and pads; 6. Constructing all wood panel forms and frame wall; 7. Building, erecting and disassembling self-supporting scaffolds that are more than 14 feet in height; 8. Laying out, cutting, joining, fitting of Foam Architectural Elements if same are attached mechanically;

and 9. Shaping, cutting and planing by any means if done by hand or machine.

CEMENT MASON, includes but is not limited to:

1. Smoothing and finishing surfaces of poured concrete floors, walls, sidewalks and curbs to specified textures;

2. Patching holes with fresh concrete or an epoxy compound; 3. Molding expansion joints and edges through the use of edging tools, jointers and straightedges; 4. Setting of curb and gutter forms one board high;

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN, includes but is not limited to:

1. Pulling cable, installing and trimming devices, terminating loops, circuits, or other data gathering points; 2. Termination of main control panels, racks, or other head end equipment, as well as testing of all circuits

from the field devices to the main control panels and/or equipment; 3. Utilizing test equipment for the purpose of troubleshooting and verifying the integrity of the circuits in

question; 4. Using hand tools to assemble and install data communication lines and equipment computer systems,

antennas and towers; 5. Disassembling equipment to adjust, repair or replace parts using hand tools; 6. Starting up, programming and documenting systems; 7. Measuring, cutting, splicing, connecting, soldering and installing wire and cable associated with

communication systems

ELECTRICIAN LINEMAN, includes but is not limited to:

1. Erecting and repairing wood poles and prefabricated light duty metal towers, cable and related equipment to construct overhead transmission and distribution power lines used to conduct electrical energy between generating stations, substations and consumers;

2. Directing and assisting electrician ground men in attaching cross arms, insulators, lightning arresters, switches, wire conductors and auxiliary equipment to poles and towers in preparation of erecting the poles or towers;

3. Climbing erected poles or towers and installing equipment such as transformers 4. Strings wire conductors between erected poles with assistance of ground helpers and adjusts slack in

conductors to compensate for contraction and elongation of conductors due to temperature variations, using winch.

ELECTRICIAN GROUNDMAN, includes but is not limited to:


14

1. Working under the direct supervision of linemen, including the operation of jackhammers and man hauls;

2. Loading and unloading of materials and equipment used by electrician lineman. 3. Does not include climbing poles, towers or other structures or working in the proximity of energized

lines or equipment;

ELECTRICIAN-NEON SIGN, includes but is not limited to:

1. Installing, servicing and repairing plastic, neon and illuminated signs; 2. Ascending ladders or operating hydraulic or electric hoist to install, service, or examine sign to

determine cause of malfunction; 3. Wiring, rewiring or removing defective parts and installing new parts using electrician's tools; 4. Removing sign or part of sign for repairs, such as structural fabrication, scroll repair, or transformer

repair;

ELECTRICIAN WIREMAN, includes but is not limited to:

1. Laying out plans, installing, testing and repairing wiring, electrical fixtures, apparatus and control equipment;

2. Measuring, cutting, bending, threading, assembling and installing electrical conduit by using tools including, without limitation, a hacksaw, pipe threader, or conduit bender;

3. Pulling wiring through conduit; 4. Splicing wires; 5. Connecting wiring to lighting fixtures and power equipment; 6. Installing control and distribution apparatus, including, without limitation, switches, relays and circuit

breakers, and fastening such apparatus into place; 7. Connecting power cables to equipment, including, without limitation, electric ranges and motors, and

installing grounding leads; 8. Testing the continuity of a circuit to ensure electrical compatibility and safety of components using

testing instruments, including, without limitation, an ohmmeter, a battery and buzzer, and an oscilloscope;

9. As necessary, cutting and welding steel structural members;

ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR, includes but is not limited to:

1. Assembling, installing, repairing and maintaining electric and hydraulic freight and passenger elevators, escalators and dumbwaiters;

2. Cutting pre-fabricated sections of framework, rails and other elevator components to specified dimensions, using acetylene torch, power saw, and disc grinder;

3. Installing cables, counterweights, pumps, motor foundations, escalator drives, guide rails, elevator cars, and control panels, using hand tools;

FENCE ERECTOR, includes but is not limited to:

1. Erecting or repairing chain link, wooden, tortoise, wire/wire mesh, or temporary fencing; 2. Mixing and pouring concrete around bases of posts and tamping soil into post hole to embed post; 3. Digging post holes with a spade, post hole digger or power driven auger; 4. Aligning posts through the use of lines or by sighting; 5. Verifying vertical alignment of posts with a plumb bob or spirit level;


15

FLAG PERSON, includes but is not limited to:

1. Directing movement of vehicular traffic through construction projects; 2. Distributing traffic control signs and markers along site in designated pattern; 3. Informing drivers of detour routes through construction sites;

FLOOR COVERER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Applying blocks, strips or sheets of shock-absorbing, sound-deadening or decorative covering to floors and walls, including carpets or rugs;

2. Measuring and cutting covering materials, such as rubber, linoleum, astro-turf, or cork tile and foundation material such as felt, using rule, straightedge, linoleum knife and snips;

3. Spreading adhesive cement over floor to cement foundation material to floor for sound-deadening, and to prevent covering from wearing at the board joints;

4. Rolling finished floors to smooth the floor and press cement into base and covering; 5. Fitting of devices for the attachment of carpet, linoleum, rubber and all resilient floor coverings and the

fitting of metal edges, corners and caps used in the installation of the foregoing materials and all other preparatory work;

GLAZIER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Installing, setting, cutting, preparing, or removal of glass, or materials used in lieu thereof, including, without limitation, in windows, doorways, showers, bathtubs, skylights and display cases;

2. Installing glass on surfaces, including, without limitation, fronts of buildings, interior walls and ceilings; 3. Installing pre-assembled framework for windows and doors designed to be fitted with glass panels,

including stained glass windows by using hand tools; 4. Loading and arranging of glass on trucks at the site of the public work;

HIGHWAY STRIPER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Painting highways, streets and parking surfaces by using manually propelled or mechanically propelled machines, brushes, rollers or spray guns;

2. Installing any device or application of any material used in lieu of paint for traffic direction, including, without limitation, buttons, tapes, plastics, rumble bars and other similar materials;

HOD CARRIER-BRICK MASON TENDER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Tending to or assisting brick masons, bricklayers and stonemasons; 2. Mixing, packing, wheeling and tempering mortar and fire clay; 3. Mixing, supplying and holding materials or tools; 4. Mixing, handling and conveying all other materials used by brick masons, bricklayers and stone

masons; 5. Building scaffolds, trestles, boxes and swinging staging used exclusively by bricklayers and stone

masons; 6. Hanging cables and placing putlogs; 7. Carrying bricks and mortar in a hod; 8. Cleaning work area and equipment of bricklayers and stone masons


16

HOD CARRIER-PLASTERER TENDER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Serving Plasterers in any capacity; 2. Handling materials after the materials are delivered as used by a Plasterer; 3. Building and handling all necessary trestle, scaffolding and planking of scaffolding for the exclusive use

of Plasterers; 4. Building mortar boxes, mortar boards and stands.

IRONWORKER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Performing duties, as part of a crew, to raise, place and unite girders, columns and other structural steel members to form completed structures or structure frameworks;

2. Setting up hoisting equipment for raising and placing structural steel members; 3. Fastening steel members to cable of hoist, using chains, cable or rope; 4. Forcing steel members into final position using turnbuckles, crowbars, jacks, hand tools; 5. Aligning rivet holes in steel members with corresponding holes in previously placed steel members by

driving drift pins to handle of wrench through holes; 6. Bolting aligned steel members to keep them in position until the steel members can be permanently

riveted, bolted or welded into place; 7. Cutting and welding steel members; 8. Installing and repairing gates, iron doors, flagpoles, iron fences and roof decking; 9. Installing corrugated sheets when attached to steel frames; 10. Stud welding of all iron, steel and metal to structural steel; 11. Handling and setting of steel and metal joists; 12. Loading, unloading, hoisting, handling, signaling, placing and erecting of pre-stressed and pre-cast

materials; 13. Handling, racking, sorting, cutting, bending, hoisting, placing, burning, welding and tying all material

used to reinforce concrete construction;

LABORER, includes but is not limited to:

Perform tasks involving physical labor at building, highway, and heavy construction projects, tunnel and shaft excavations, and demolition sites. May operate hand and power tools of all types: air hammers, earth tampers, cement mixers, small mechanical hoists, and a variety of other equipment and instruments. May clean and prepare sites, dig trenches, set braces to support the sides of excavations, erect scaffolding, clean up rubble and debris, and remove asbestos, lead, and other hazardous waste materials. May assist other craft workers. MARBLE MASON, includes but is not limited to:

1. Cutting, tooling, and setting marble slabs in floors and walls of buildings and renovating and polishing marble slabs previously set in buildings;

2. Trimming, facing and cutting marble to a specific size using a power saw, cutting and facing equipment, and hand tools

3. Drilling holes in marble slabs and attaching brackets; 4. Spreading mortar on the bottom and sides of a marble slab and on the side of adjacent marble slabs; 5. Setting blocks in positions, tamping a marble slab into place and anchoring bracket attachments with

wire;


17

6. Filling joints between marble slabs with grout and removing excess grout with a sponge; 7. Cleaning and beveling cracks and chips on marble slabs using hand tools and power tools; 8. Heating cracked or chipped areas of a marble slab with a blowtorch and filling the defect with a

composition mastic that matches the grain of the marble slab; and 9. Polishing marble slabs and other ornamental stone to a high luster by using hand tools and power

tools.

MECHANICAL INSULATOR, includes but is not limited to:

1. Covering and lining structures with cork, canvas, tar paper, magnesia and related materials; 2. Installing blown-on insulation on pipe and machinery; 3. Lining of mechanical room surfaces and air handling shafts; 4. Filling and damming of fire stops and penetrations including, but not limited to, electrical and

mechanical systems; 5. Foam applications for the purpose of thermal, acoustical, or fire protective purposes, including RTV

foams or equivalents, applied to mechanical or electrical systems; 6. Duct lining and duct wrapping, direct application and installation of fire protection of grease ducts,

exhaust systems, or any other ductwork for acoustical or thermal purposes; 7. Insulation of field joints on pre-insulated underground piping and the pouring of Gilsilite or its

equivalent; 8. The application of material, including metal and PVC jacketing, on piping, fittings, valves, flanges,

boilers, ducts, plenums, flues, tanks, vats, equipment and any other hot or cold surface for the purpose of thermal control;

MILLWRIGHT, includes but is not limited to:

1. Installing machinery and equipment according to layout plans, blueprints and other drawings in industrial establishments by using hoists, lift trucks, hand tools and power tools;

2. Dismantling machines by using hammers, wrenches, crowbars and other hand tools; 3. Assembling and installing equipment, including, without limitation, shafting, conveyors, monorails and

tram rails, by using hand tools and power tools; 4. Constructing foundations for machines by using hand tools and building materials, including, without

limitation, wood, cement and steel; 5. Assembling machines and bolting, welding, riveting or otherwise fastening them to a foundation or other

structure by using hand tools and power tools; and 6. Repairing and lubricating machines and equipment (at the site of the public work) assembled and used

by millwrights.

OPERATING ENGINEER, includes but is not limited to:

Operate one or several types of power construction equipment, such as motor graders, bulldozers, scrapers, compressors, pumps, derricks, shovels, tractors, or front-end loaders to excavate, move, and grade earth, erect structures, or pour concrete or other hard surface pavement.

PAINTER, includes but is not limited to:

1. All painting of walls, equipment, buildings, bridges and other structural surfaces by using brushes, rollers and spray guns;

2. Application of wall coverings/wall paper;


18

3. Removing old paint to prepare surfaces before painting the surface; 4. Mixing colors or oils to obtain desired color or consistency; 5. Sanding surfaces between coats and polishing final coat to a specified finish; 6. Cutting stencils and brushing and spraying lettering and decorations on surfaces; 7. Washing and treating surfaces with oil, turpentine, mildew remover or other preparations; 8. Filling cracks, holes and joints with caulk, putty, plaster or other filler by using caulking gun or putty

knife;

PILEDRIVER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Operating pile drivers mounted on skids, barge, crawler, treads or locomotive crane to drive piling as foundations for structures including, without limitation, buildings, bridges and piers;

2. Barking, shoeing, splicing, form building, heading, centering, placing, driving, staying, framing, fastening, automatic pile threading, pulling and/or cutting off of piling;

3. Fabricating, forming, handling and setting of all such pre-cast, pre-stressed and post-stressed shapes that are an integral part of docks, piers, wharves, bulkheads, jetties, and similar structures;

PIPEFITTER, includes but is not limited to:

Assembling, installing, modifying and maintaining pipe systems, pipe supports and pneumatic equipment and related machines and equipment components for steam, hot water, heating, cooling, lubricating, sprinkling and industrial and processing systems which may require:

a. Cutting, threading and hammering pipe to specifications using tools, including, without limitation, saws, cutting torches and pipe threaders and benders;

b. Attaching pipes to walls, structures and fixtures, including without limitation, radiators or tanks, using brackets, clamps, tools, or welding equipment;

c. Coating non-ferrous piping materials by dipping in mixture of molten tin and lead to prevent erosion, or galvanic and electrolytic action;

PLASTERER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Applying coats of plaster onto interior or exterior walls, ceilings, or partitions of buildings to produce a finished surface according to blueprints, architects' drawings and oral instruction;

2. Creating decorative textures in finish coat by using sand, pebbles or stones; 3. Installing guide wires on exterior surfaces of buildings to indicate thickness of plaster or stucco; 4. Applying weatherproof, decorative covering to exterior surfaces of a building; 5. Molding and installing ornamental plaster pieces, panels and trim; 6. Directing workers to mix plaster to a desired consistency; 7. Assembly of EFIS panels; 8. Laying out, cutting, joining, fitting and installation of Architectural Foam Elements which are trowel

applied or adhesive set; 9. Applying, shaping, cutting, and planing in preparation for netting done by hand or machine; 10. All plaster or synthetic finishes applied to Foam Architectural Elements

PLUMBER, includes but is not limited to:

Assembling, installing and repairing pipes, fittings and fixtures for heating, water and drainage systems inside of buildings and to a point 5 feet outside of buildings which may therein require:


19

a. Repairing and maintaining plumbing by replacing defective washers, repairing or mending broken pipes, and opening clogged drains;

b. Assembling pipe sections, tubing and fittings by using screws, bolts, solder, plastic solvent and caulking;

c. Installing pipe assemblies, fittings, valves and fixtures, including, without limitation, sinks, toilets and tubs, by using hand tools and power tools;

d. Cutting openings in structures, excluding concrete, to accommodate pipe and pipe fittings by using hand tools and power tools;

e. Filling pipes and plumbing fixtures with water or air and observing pressure gauges to detect and locate leaks.

REFRIGERATION MECHANIC, includes but is not limited to:

1. Installing and repairing industrial and commercial refrigeration systems; 2. Mounting compressors, condensers and other refrigeration components to the frame of a refrigerator by

using hand tools and acetylene welding equipment; 3. Assembling structural and functional components needed for refrigeration, including, without limitation,

controls, switches, gauges, wiring harnesses, valves, pumps, compressors, condensers, cores and pipes;

4. Installing expansion and control valves by using hand tools and acetylene welding equipment; 5. Cutting, bending, threading and connecting pipe from functional components to water, power or

refrigeration systems; 6. Fabricating and assembling components and structural portions of a refrigeration system;

ROOFER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Installing and covering roofs and structures with slate, asphalt, wood and other related materials, other than sheet metal, by using brushes, knives, punches, hammers and other tools;

2. Spraying roofs, sidings and walls with material to bind, seal, insulate or soundproof sections of a structure;

3. Installation of all plastic, slate, slag, gravel, asphalt and composition roofing, and rock asphalt mastic when used for damp and waterproofing;

4. Installation of all damp resisting preparations when applied on roofs with mop, three-knot brush, roller, swab or spray system;

5. All types of preformed panels used in waterproofing; 6. Handling, hoisting and storing of all roofing, damp and waterproofing materials; 7. The tear-off and/or removal of roofing and roofing materials;

SHEET METAL WORKER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Fabricating, assembling, dismantling, installing or repairing: o Sheet metal roofs, including #30 felt roofing paper installed to form a metal roofing system; o Sheet metal parts or equipment, including, without limitation, duct work, metal lockers and

kitchen equipment; o Air-veyor and air-handling systems, regardless of materials used;

2. Setting up and operating fabrication machines to cut, bend and straighten sheet metal; 3. Shaping metal over anvils, blocks or forms using a hammer; 4. Operating soldering and welding equipment to join sheet metal parts; 5. Inspecting, assembling and smoothing seams and joints of burred surfaces;


20

6. Welding, soldering, bolting, riveting, screwing, clipping, caulking or bonding component parts to assemble products by using hand tools, power tools and devices for lifting and handling;

SPRINKLER FITTER, includes but is not limited to:

Installing, dismantling, maintaining, repairing, adjusting and correcting all fire protection and fire control systems, including the installation of piping or tubing, appurtenances and equipment pertaining thereto, including both overhead and underground water mains, fire hydrants, and hydrant mains, standpipes and hose connection to sprinkler systems, sprinkler tank heaters, air lines and thermal systems used in connection with sprinkler and alarm systems.

SURVEYOR, includes but is not limited to:

1. Planning ground surveys designed to establish base lines, elevation and other geodetic measurements; 2. Compiling data relevant to the shape, contour, gravitation, location, elevation and dimension of land

and land features on or near the surface of the Earth for engineering, map making, mining, land evaluation, construction and other purposes;

3. Surveying bodies of water to determine navigable channels and to secure data for construction of breakwaters, piers and other marine structures;

4. Computing data necessary for driving and connecting underground passages, underground storage and volume of underground deposits.

TAPER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Sealing joints between plasterboard or other wallboards to prepare a wall surface for painting or papering;

2. Mixing sealing compound by hand or with a portable electric mixer and spreading the compound over the joints between boards using a trowel, broad knife, or spatula;

3. Filling cracks and holes in walls and ceilings with sealing compound ; 4. Applying texturing compound and primer to walls and ceiling to prepare a surface for a final finish by

using brushes, rollers and spray guns; 5. Coating of joint compound or taping mud;

TERRAZZO WORKER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Applying cement, sand, pigment and marble chips to floors and stairways to attain durable and decorative surfacing according to specifications or drawings;

2. Spreading mixtures of sand, cement and water over surface with a trowel to form terrazzo; 3. Cutting metal division strips and pressing the metal division strips into a terrazzo base so that top

edges form a desired design or pattern and define level of finished floor surface; 4. Spreading mixtures of marble chips, cement, pigment and water over a terrazzo base to form a finished

surface by using a float and trowel; 5. Pre-casting terrazzo blocks in wooden forms

TILE SETTER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Applying tile and materials made for tile in tile-like units to walls, floors, ceilings and promenade roof decks following design specification;


21

2. Applying glazed, unglazed, mosaic and other ceramic tiles, which are used as a surface on floors, walls, ceilings, and other surfaces and which must be set to specific grade;

3. Applying and floating all setting beds into which glazed, unglazed, mosaic, or other ceramic tiles are set;

4. Leveling and plumbing tiles to a specified grade

TILE, TERRAZZO AND MARBLE FINISHER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Supplying and mixing construction materials for a tile setter, terrazzo worker or marble setter; 2. Applying grout and finishing the surface of installed tile, terrazzo and marble; 3. Cleaning installed tile, terrazzo and tile surfaces; 4. Renovation and filling chipped, cracked and broken pieces of tile, terrazzo and marble; 5. Grinding and polishing tile, terrazzo and marble; 6. Assisting a tile setter, terrazzo worker or marble setter;

TRAFFIC BARRIER ERECTOR, includes but is not limited to:

Erects or places instruments to provide directional assistance to traffic on or near the public works construction project.

TRUCK DRIVER, includes but is not limited to:

Driving a tractor trailer combination or a truck to transport goods or materials at the site of a public work or between sites of a public work. (Also, see descriptions listed with Truck Driver rates, if any.)

WELL DRILLER, includes but is not limited to:

1. Setting, operating or tending to portable drilling rig machinery and related equipment to drill wells; 2. Extending stabilizing jackscrews to support and level a drilling rig; 3. Installing water well pumps; 4. Drillings wells for industrial water supplies, irrigation water supplies or water supplies for any other

purpose; dewatering or other similar purposes; exploration; hole drilling for geologic and hydrologic information; and core drilling for geologic information.

___________________________________________________________________________


22

GROUP CLASSIFICATIONS

LABORER, includes but is not limited to:

Group 1 All cleanup work of debris, grounds, and building including windows and tile Dumpmen or Spotter (other than asphalt) Handling and Servicing of Flares, Watchmen General Laborer Guide Posts and Highway Signs Guardrail Erection and Dismantling Limber, Brushloader and Piler Pavement Marking and Highway Striping Traffic Control Supervisor

Group 2 Choker setter or Rigger (clearing work only) Pittsburgh Chipper and similar type brush shredders Concrete worker (wet or dry) all concrete work not listed in Group 3 Crusher or Grizzly Tender Greasing Dowels Guinea Chaser (Stakemen) Panel Forms (wood or metal) handling, cleaning and stripping of Loading and unloading, (Carrying and handling of all rods and material for use in reinforcing concrete Railroad Trackmen (maintenance, repair or builders) Sloper Semi-Skilled Wrecker (salvaging of building materials other than those listed in Group 3)

Group 3 Asphalt Workers (Ironers, Shovelers, Cutting Machine) Buggymobile Chainsaw, Faller, Logloader and Bucker Compactor (all types) Concrete Mixer under 1/2 yard Concrete Pan Work (Breadpan type), handling, cleaning\stripping Concrete Saw, Chipping, Grinding, Sanding, Vibrator Cribbing, Shoring, Lagging, Trench Jacking, Hand-Guided Lagging Hammer Curbing or Divider machine Curb Setter (precast or cut) Ditching Machine (hand-guided) Drillers Helper, Chuck Tender Form Raiser, Slip Forms Grouting of Concrete Walls, Windows and Door Jams Headerboardmen Jackhammer, Pavement Breaker, Air Spade Mastic Worker (wet or dry) Pipewrapper, Kettlemen, Potmen, and men applying asphalt, creosote and similar type materials All Power Tools (air, gas, or electric), Post Driver


23

Riprap-Stonepaver and RockSlinger, including placing of sack concrete wet or dry Rototiller Rigging and Signaling in connection with Laborers' work Sandblaster, Potmen, Gunmen or Nozzlemen Vibra-screed Skilled Wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows, doors, plumbing and electrical fixtures)

Group 4 Burning and Welding in connection with Laborers' work Joy Drill Model TWM-2A, Gardner Denver Model DN143 and similar type drills (in accordance with Memorandum of Understanding between Laborers and Operating Engineers dated at Miami, Florida, Feb. 3, 1954) and Track Drillers, Diamond Core Drillers, Wagon Drillers, Mechanical Drillers on Multiple Units High scalers Concrete pump operator Heavy Duty Vibrator with Stinger 5" diameter or over Pipelayer, Caulker and Bander Pipelayer-waterline, Sewerline, Gasoline, Conduit Cleaning of Utility Lines Slip Lining of Utility Lines (including operation of Equipment) TV Monitoring and Grouting of Utility Lines Asphalt Rakers

Group 4A Foreman

Group 5 Construction Specialists Blasters and Powdermen, all work of loading, placing, and blasting of all powder and explosives of any type, regardless of method used for such loading and placing Asbestos removal Lead abatement Hazardous waste Material removal

Group 6 Gunite Foremen, Nozzlemen, Rodmen, Gunmen, Materialmen, Reboundmen

OPERATING ENGINEER, includes but is not limited to:

Group 1 Engineer Assistant

Group 1A Heavy Duty Repairman Helper Oiler Parts man

Group 2 Compressor Operator


24

Material Loader and/or Conveyor Operator (handling building materials) Pump Operator

Group 3 Bobcat or similar loader, 1/4 cu. yd. or less Concrete Curing Machines (streets, highways, airports, canals) Conveyor Belt Operator (tunnel) Forklift (under 20 ) Engineer Generating Plant (500 K.W.) Mixer Box Operator (concrete plant) Motorman Rotomist Operator Oiler (truck crane)

Group 4 Concrete Mixer Operator, Skip type Dinky Operator Forklift (20' or over) or Lumber Stacker Ross Carrier Skip Loader Operator (under one (1) cu. yd.) Tie Spacer

Group 5 Concrete Mixers (over one (1) cu. yd.) Concrete Pumps or Pumpcrete Guns Elevator and Material Hoist ( one (1) drum) Groundman for Asphalt Milling and similar

Group 6 Auger type drilling equipment up to and including 30 ft. depth digging capacity m.r.c. Boom Truck or Dual Purpose a-Frame Truck B.L.H. Lima Road Pactor or similar Chip Box Spreader (Flaherty type or similar) Concrete Batch Plant (wet or dry) Concrete Saws (highways, streets, airports, canals) Locomotives (over thirty (30) tons) Maginnis International Full Slab Vibrator (airports, highways, canals and warehouses) Mechanical Finishers (concrete) (Clary, Johnson, Bidwell Bridge Deck or similar types) Mechanical Burn, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter Machine (concrete or asphalt) Pavement Breaker, Truck Mounted, with compressor combination Pavement Breaker or Tamper (with or without compressor combination) Power Jumbo Operator (setting slip-forms, etc., in tunnels) Roller Operator (except asphalt) Self-Propelled Tape Machine Self-Propelled Compactor (single engine) Self-Propelled Power Sweeper Operator Slip-Form Pump (power-driven by hydraulic, electric, air, gas, etc. lifting device for concrete forms) Small Rubber-Tired Tractors


25

Snooper Crane, Paxton-Mitchell or similar Stationary Pipe Wrapping, Cleaning and Bending Machine Operator

Group 7 Auger type drilling equipment over 30 ft. depth digging capacity m.r.c. Compressor (over 2) Concrete Conveyor or Concrete Pump, truck or equipment mounted (any assistance required shall be performed by an Assistant to Engineer) Boom length to apply Concrete Conveyor, Building Site Drilling and Boring Machine, vertical and horizontal (not to apply to waterliners, wagon drills or jack hammers) Crusher Plant Engineer Generators Kolman Loader Material Hoist (two (2) or more drums) Mechanical Finishers or Spreader Machine (asphalt, Barber-Greene or similar) Mine or Shaft Hoist Pipe Bending Machines (pipeline only) Pipe Cleaning Machines (tractor-propelled and supported) Pipe Wrapping Machines (tractor-propelled and supported) Portable Crushing and Screening Plants Post Driller And/Or Driver Pumps ( over 2) Roller Operator (asphalt) Screedman (except asphaltic or concrete paving) Screedman (Barber-Greene and similar) (asphaltic or concrete paving) Self-Propelled Boom-Type Lifting Device (center mount) (on ten (10) ton capacity or less) Slusher Operator Surface Heater and Planer Operator Trenching Machine (maximum digging capacity three (3) ft. depth) (Any assistance in the operation, if needed, shall be performed by an Assistant to Engineer) Truck-Type Loader Welding Machines (gasoline or diesel)

Group 8 Asphalt Plant Engineer Asphalt Milling Machine Cast-In-Place Pipe-Laying Machine Combination Slusher and Motor Operator Concrete Batch Plant (multiple units) Dozer Operator Drill Doctor Elevating Grader Operator Grooving and Grinding Machine (highways) Ken Seal Operator Loader (up to and including two and one-half (2 1/2) cu. yds) Mechanical Trench Shield Mixermobile Push Cats Road Oil Mixing Machine Operator Wood-Mixer (and other similar Pugmill equipment)


26

Rubber-Tired Earthmoving Equipment (up to and including thirty-five (35) cu. yds. "struck " m.r.c., Euclids, T-Pulls, DW10, 20, 21 and similar) Self-Propelled Compactors with Dozer; Hyster 450, Cat 825 or similar Sheepfoot Small Tractor (with boom) Soil Stabilizer (P & H or equal) Timber Skidder (rubber-tired) or similar equipment Tractor-Drawn Scraper Tractor Operator Tractor-Mounted Compressor Drill Combination Trenching Machine Operator (over three (3) feet depth) Tri-Batch Paver Tunnel Badger or Tunnel Boring Machine Operator Tunnel Mole Boring Machine Vermeer T-600b Rock Cutter

Group 9 Chicago Boom Combination Backhoe and Loader (up to and including 3/8 cu. yd.) Combination Mixer and Compressor (gunite) Heavy Duty Repairman and/or Welder Lull Hi-Lift (twenty (20) feet or over) Mucking Machine Sub-Grader (Gurries or other types) Tractor (with Boom) (D6 or larger) Track-Laying-Type Earthmoving Machine (single engine with tandem scrapers )

Group 10 Boom-Type Backfilling Machine Bridge Crane Cary-Lift or similar Chemical Grouting Machine Derricks (two (2) Group 10 Operators required when swing engine remote from hoist) Derrick Barges (except excavation work) Euclid Loader and similar types Gradesetter, Grade Checker Heavy Duty Rotary Drill Rigs Lift-Slab (Vagtborg and similar types) Loader (over two and one-half (2 1/2 cu. yds. up to and including four (4) cu. yds.) Locomotive (over one hundred (100) tons, single or multiple units) Multiple-Engine Earthmoving Machines (Euclid Dozers, etc.) Pre-Stress Wire Wrapping Machine Rubber-Tired Scraper, Self-Loading Single-Engine Scraper (over thirty-five (35) cu. yds.) Shuttle Car (Reclaim Station) Train Loading Station Trenching Machine multi-engine with sloping attachments (Jefco or similar) Vacuum Cooling Plant Whirley Crane (up to and including twenty-five (25) tons)


27

Group 10A Backhoe-Hydraulic (up to and including one (1) cu. yd.) Backhoe (up to and including one (1) cu. yd.) (Cable) CMI Dual Lane Auto-Grader SP30 or similar type Cranes (not over twenty-five (25) tons) (hammerhead and gantry) Finish Blade Gradalls (up to and including one (1) cu. yd.) Motor Patrol Operator Power Shovels, Clamshells, Draglines, Cranes (up to and including one (1) cu. yd.) Rubber-Tired Scraper, Self-Loading (twin engine) Self-Propelled Boom-Type Lifting Device, center mount (over 10 tons up to and including 25 tons)

Group 11 Automatic Asphalt or Concrete Slip-Form Paver Automatic Railroad Car Dumper Canal Trimmer Cary Lift, Campbell or similar type Cranes (over twenty-five (25) tons) Euclid Loader when controlled from the Pullcat Highline Cableway Operator Loader (over four (4) cu. yds. up to and including twelve (12) cu. yds.) Multi-Engine Earthmoving Equipment (up to and including seventy-five (75) cu. yds. struck m.r.c.) Multi-Engine Scrapers (when used to Push Pull) Power Shovels, Clamshells, Draglines, Backhoes Gradalls (over one (1) cu. yd. and up to and including seven (7) cu. yds. m.r.c.) Self-Propelled Boom-Type Lifting Device (center mount) (over 25 tons m.r.c.) Self-Propelled Compactor (with multiple-propulsion power units) Single-Engine Rubber-Tired Earthmoving Machine, with Tandem Scraper Slip-Form Paver (concrete or asphalt) Tandem Cats and Scraper Tower Crane Mobile (including Rail Mount) Truck Mounted Hydraulic Crane when remote control equipped (over 10 tons up to and including 25 tons) Universal Liebher and Tower Cranes (and similar types) Wheel Excavator (up to and including seven hundred fifty (750) cu. yds. per hour) Whirley Cranes (over twenty-five (25) tons)

Group 11A Band Wagons (in conjunction with Wheel Excavators) Operator of Helicopter )when used in construction work) Loader (over twelve (12) cu. yds.) Multi-Engine Earthmoving Equipment (over seventy-five (75) cu. yds. "struck" m.r.c.) Power Shovels. Clamshells, Draglines, Backhoes, and Gradalls (over seven 7 cu. yds. m.r.c.) Remote-Controlled Earth Moving Equipment Wheel Excavator (over seven hundred fifty (750) cu. yds. per hour)

Group 11B Holland Loader or similar or Loader (over 18 cu. yds.) OPERATING ENGINEERS - Steel Fabricator & Erector


28

Group 1 Cranes over 100 tons Derrick over 100 tons Self-Propelled Boom Type Lifting Devices over 100 tons

Group 2 Cranes over 45 tons up to and including 100 tons Derrick, 100 tons and under Self Propelled Boom Type Lifting Device, over 45 tons Tower Crane

Group 3 Cranes, 45 tons and under Self Propelled Boom Type Lifting Device, 45 tons and under

Group 4 Chicago Boom Forklift, 10 tons and over Heavy Duty Repairman/Welder

Group 5 Boom Cat

OPERATING ENGINEER -Piledriver

Group 1 Derrick Barge Pedestal mounted over 100 tons Clamshells over 7 cu. yds. Self Propelled Boom Type Lifting Device, over 100 tons Truck Crane or Crawler, land or barge mounted over 100 tons

Group 2 Derrick Barge Pedestal mounted 45 tons up to and including 100 tons Clamshells up to and including 7 cu. yds. Self Propelled Boom Type Lifting Device over 45 tons Truck Crane or Crawler, land or barge mounted, over 45 tons up to and including 100 tons

Group 3 Derrick Barge Pedestal mounted under 45 tons Self Propelled Boom Type Lifting Device 45 tons and under Skid/Scow Piledriver, any tonnage Truck Crane or Crawler, land or barge mounted 45 tons and under

Group 4 Assistant Operator in lieu of Assistant to Engineer Forklift, 10 tons and over Heavy Duty Repairman/Welder


29

Group 5 No current classification

Group 6 Deck Engineer

Group 7 No current classification

Group 8 Deckhand Fireman


30

ZONE RATES BRICKLAYER In addition to BRICKLAYER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on a radius of over fifty (35) miles from the Washoe County Courthouse in Reno, Nevada: Zone 1-0-35 Miles $0.00 Zone 2-36-75 Miles $1.25 Zone 3-Over 75 Miles $5.37 CARPENTER (Building and Heavy Highway and Dam Construction) In addition to CARPENTER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated from the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-0 to 50 miles $0.00 (road miles of either the Carson City Courthouse or the Washoe County Courthouse) Zone 2-51-150 miles $3.00 Zone 3-151-300 miles $4.00 Zone 4-301 miles and over $5.00 CEMENT MASON In addition to CEMENT MASON rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated from the Reno Post Office, 50 So. Virginia St., Reno, Nevada: Zone 1-0-90 miles $0.00 Zone 2-91 miles and over $6.00 ELECTRICIAN In addition to ELECTRICIAN rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated from the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-0-70 miles $0.00 Zone 2-71-90 miles $8.00 Zone 3 -91 miles and over $10.00 ELECTRICIAN-COMMUNICATION TECH In addition to Electrician Communication Tech rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated from the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-0-70 miles $0.00 Zone 2-71-90 miles $5.00 Zone 3 -91 miles and over $7.00 HOD CARRIER-BRICK MASON TENDER In addition to HOD CARRIER BRICK MASON TENDER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on a road miles from the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-35 to 75 miles $1.25 Zone 2-76 miles and over $7.50 HOD CARRIER-PLASTERER In addition to HOD CARRIER PLASTERER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on a road miles from So. Virginia St., Reno, Nevada: Zone 1-70 miles $0.00


31

Zone 2-70 miles and over $8.00 LABORER (Highway and Dam Construction only) In addition to LABORER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on road miles from either the Carson City Courthouse or the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-0 to 50 miles $0.00 Zone 2-51 to 150 miles $3.00 Zone 3-151 to 300 miles $4.00 Zone 4-301 miles and over $5.00 LABORER (Building Construction) In addition to LABORER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on road miles from either the Carson City Courthouse or the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-0 to 50 miles $0.00 Zone 2-51 to 150 miles $3.00 Zone 3-151 to 300 miles $4.00 Zone 4-301 miles and over $5.00 MECHANICAL INSULATOR In addition to MECHANICAL INSULATOR rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on a radius figured from Reno City Hall: Zone 1-0-20 miles- $1.25 Zone 2-21-40 miles- $2.50 Over 40 miles- $10.63 MILLWRIGHT In addition to MILLWRIGHT rates, add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated on road miles from either the Carson City Courthouse or the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-1 to 14 miles $0.00 Zone 2-15 to 35 miles $1.50 Zone 3-35 miles and over $3.25 OPERATING ENGINEER In addition to: OPERATING ENGINEER; STEEL FABRICATOR and ERECTOR, PILEDRIVER, SURVEYOR and LUBRICATION AND SERVICE ENGINEER rates add the applicable amounts per hour calculated based on a radius from the Washoe County Courthouse: Zone 1-0 to 75 miles $0.00 Zone 2-75 to 150 miles $3.00 Zone 3-151 to 300 miles $4.00 Zone 4-301 miles and over $5.00 PLASTERER In addition to PLASTERER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated from the South Virginia and Mill Street, Reno, Nevada: Zone 1-0-70 miles $0.00 Zone 2-70 miles and over $8.00


32

SHEET METAL WORKER In addition to SHEET METAL WORKER rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on a radius from the courthouse in Reno, Nevada: Zone 1-0 to 75 miles $0.00 (including the City of Fallon and the Fallon Naval Air Base) Zone 2-over 75 miles $8.12 TILE SETTER/TERRAZZO WORKER/MARBLE MASON In addition to TILE SETTER/TERRAZZO WORKER/MARBLE MASON rates add the applicable amounts per hour, calculated based on a radius of over thirty five (35) miles from the Washoe County Courthouse in Reno, Nevada: Zone 1-0-35 Miles $0.00 Zone 2-35-75 Miles $1.25 Zone 3-Over 75 Miles $5.00

B-2


B-3

BID DATE:

Proposal of

(hereinafter called "Bidder"), a (corporation/a

partnership/an individual) doing business as

to the BOARD OF THE ELKO SENIOR ACTIVITIES PROGRAMS,

INC., ELKO, NEVADA 89801, (hereinafter called "Owner").

GENTLEMEN:

The Bidder, in compliance with the Notice to Contractors for the construction of

The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof

having examined the Contract Documents and the site of the proposed work and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed project including the availability of equipment, materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all tools, equipment, labor, materials and supplies and to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the Contract Documents, of which this proposal is a part. Bidder agrees to perform all extra work that may be required on the basis provided in the Contract Documents. Bidder agrees to execute the Contract and furnish the required bonds within 20 Calendar days after Notice of the Award of Contract has been received. Bid Security in the amount of 5% of the bid in the form of cash, certified check of the Bidder, or

B-4

bid bond is enclosed with this bid. It is agreed that if the Bidder withdraws this bid in a fashion different than that described in the Instructions to Bidder or becomes the successful bidder and should fail or refuse to execute and deliver the Contract and furnish the required bonds within twenty (20) Calendar days after the Bidder has received notice of acceptance of his bid, the Bidder shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages, the bid security deposited with this bid. Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract on or before a date to be specified in written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days thereafter as stipulated in Section 100.19. of the General Provisions. Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $500.00 for each calendar day thereafter as provided in Section 100.39.00 of the General Provisions. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addendum: ________________________________________________________________

B-5

ELKO SENIOR ACTIVITIES PROGRAMS, INC BASE BID FORM

BASE PROPOSAL: Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described or referred to in the Contract Documents for the sum of ($ ) payable as specified in the Special Conditions of the Contract

Total base bid amount Documents. (Amount shall be shown in both words and figures ( above and below.) In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern.) UNIT PRICE 1: Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described or referred to in the Contract Documents for Unit Price 1 for the sum of ($ ) payable as specified in the Special Conditions of the Contract Total Unit Price 1 amount UNIT PRICE 2: Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described or referred to in the Contract Documents for Unit Price 2 for the sum of ($ ) payable as specified in the Special Conditions of the Contract Total Unit Price 2 amount ALTERNATE NUMBER 1: Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described or referred to for Alternate Number 1 in the Contract Documents for the sum of ($ ) payable as specified in the Special Conditions of the Contract Total Alternate Number 1 amount

The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof

The Contractor’s IRS Tax Identification No. ______________________________ The Undersigned Holds Valid Nevada C-15a Contractors License No. _____________________ RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:

_____________________________________ (Contractor) SEAL By ___________________________________ (Signature) ___________________________________ (Title) ________________ (Business Address)

(If Bid is by a corporation, affix seal and attach certified copy of the corporate resolution

authorizing the officers or representatives to execute this Bid and all Contract Documents if the

Bid is accepted.)

B-6


B-7

BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned,

as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly

bound unto the__________________________________, as Owner in the Penal sum of

($ ) for the payment of

which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,

administrators, successors and assigns.

The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal is herewith submitting to the

a certain Bid for the

________________________________________________________________________________

NOW; THEREFORE,

(a) If the Principal shall not withdraw said Bid within 30 days after the opening of the same, or

(b) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (c) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall within 10 days after receipt of

Notice of Award, execute and deliver a contract in the form of Contract specified in the Contract Documents (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect and the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Owner the penal sum hereof; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers this day of , 20 . ______________________________ (_____________________________________) PRINCIPAL (Surety) By ____________________________ By ____________________________________ SEAL

B-8


B-9

AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION STATE OF ) SS. COUNTY OF ) I, (Name of party signing this affidavit and the Proposal form) (Title), being duly sworn to depose and say: That (Name of person, firm, association, or corporation) has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with this contract. _________________________________________________ Signature ________________________________________________ Title Subscribed and sworn before me this day of 20 , by . ( Notary) Notary Public in and for the County of __________________ State of __________________________________________ My Commission expires:_____________________________

B-10


B-11

EXPERIENCE QUALIFICATIONS The Bidder has been engaged in the contracting business, under the present business name for years. Experience in work of a nature similar to that covered in the proposal, installation of concrete tile roofing systems, extends over a period of years. The Bidder, as a Contractor, has never failed to satisfactorily complete a contract awarded to him, except as follows: The following roofing contracts have been satisfactorily completed in the last five years for the persons, firm or authority indicated, and to whom reference is made: LOCATIONS AND FOR YEAR TYPE OF WORK CONTRACT AMOUNT WHOM PERFORMED __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ The following is a list of plant and equipment owned by the Bidder, which is definitely available for use on the proposed work as required: QUANTITY NAME TYPE & CAPACITY CONDITION LOCATION __ ____ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ SIGNED: ________________________________________ Note: Attach additional sheets if necessary.

B-12


B-13

DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS Each Bidder shall set forth below, the indicated information for each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of the work. If the Contractor fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work as above stated he agrees to perform that work himself. The Contractor shall not, without written consent of the Architect, make any substitution, alterations, or additions to the following list of subcontractors which is made a part of this proposal. Note: See section 3 - Subcontracts in the Instructions to Bidders.

Shop Name

Address Mill or Office

Class of Work

Portion of Work to be Done

Subcontractor License Number

SIGNED: _______________________________________________ Note: Attach additional sheets if necessary.

B-14


B-15

PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE STATE OF ) SS. COUNTY OF )

, being first duly sworn, deposes and says; that he is a member

of the partnership firm designated as and named in the foregoing

contract. That he has been duly vested with authority to make and sign instruments for the

partnership by who constitute the other

members of the partnership.

____________________________________ Signature

Subscribed and sworn before me this day

of 20 , by .

( Notary)

Notary Public in and for the County of

State of

My Commission expires:

B-16


B-17

CORPORATE CERTIFICATE

I, , certify that I am the

(Secretary), of the Corporation named as Contractor in the foregoing contract; that,

_________________________________, who signed the said contract in behalf of the

Contractor was then of the said corporation; and that said

contract was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body

and is within the scope of its corporate powers.

_____________________________________ Signature _____________________________________ Corporate Seal

B-18


B-19

BIDDER'S PREFERENCE AFFIDAVIT For the Purposes of this Contract, I _______________________________________________

Name of Authorized Agent/Owner (Print or Type) as the (Individual Doing Business As; Partnership; Corporation) do hereby certify that I have reviewed NRS 338.147, and NRS 338.1389. Furthermore, I do hereby certify the Firm listed below has met the requirements set forth in NRS 338.147, and NRS 338.1389 to qualify for Bidder Preference. The firm shall attach to this form a current Certificate of Eligibility Per NRS 338.147, and NRS 338.1389 as issued by the Nevada State Contractors’ Board certifying that the General Contractor is qualified to receive a preference in bidding as set forth in NRS 338.147 and NRS 338.1389. PROVIDING FALSE CERTIFICATION MAY RESULT IN CRIMINAL PROSECUTION OR ADMINISTRATIVE SANCTIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE REJECTION OF THE FIRM'S BID. Subscribed and sworn before me this day ________________________________________

Firm’s Name 20 , by . ___________________________________ Signature ( Notary) ___________________________________ Notary Public in and for the County of Title State of ____________________________ Date My Commission expires: ___________________________

B-20


CONTRACT

C-2


C-3

C O N T R A C T

THIS AGREEMENT, made the day of , 20 , by and between the BOARD of the ELKO SENIOR ACTIVITIES PROGRAMS, INC., herein called the "Owner", And (corporation, partnership or individual doing business as)

of State of Nevada hereinafter called "Contractor".

WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, and to be made and performed by the Owner, the Contractor hereby agrees with the Owner to commence and complete the construction described as follows:

The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof.

hereinafter called the ”Project”, for the sum of $ ( ) In numbers and (words ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------) and all extra work in connection therewith under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents; and at his own proper cost and expense to furnish all the bonds, materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said project in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall include the following, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitutes the Contract: 1. The Advertised Notice to Bid. 2. The Instructions to Bidders. 3. The Bid by the Contractor. 4. This Contract. 5. The General Conditions. 6. The Special Conditions.

7. The specifications set out in Paragraph 1, Enumeration of Plans, Specifications, and Addenda of the Special Conditions.

8. The contract drawing, plans, maps, plat, blueprints and other drawings and printed or written explanatory or supplementary matter thereof, as attached to this Contract or set out in Paragraph 1, Enumeration of Plans, Specifications and addenda, of the Special Conditions.

9. The Bid Bond, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. 10. All addenda issued by the Architect, set out in Paragraph 1 of the Special

Conditions. 11. Bidder Experience Qualifications; Designation of Subcontractors.

C-4

12. The Notice of Award. 13. Bidder Preference Form.

14. All provisions required by law to be inserted in this Contract, whether actually inserted or not.

The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within One hundred-twenty (120) calendar days thereafter. The Contractor further agrees to pay, as liquidated damages, the sum of $500.00 for each calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in the General Provisions of the Contract Documents. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Contract, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the Contract Documents.

C-5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Contract in three counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned.

Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc., Owner

BY: ___ ____________ _______

ATTEST: ___________________________ (Clerk) (SEAL) __________ ____ _______

(Contractor) BY _____________________________________ (Title) ATTEST: __________________________________________ (Address) __________________________ Secretary __________________________ Witness (SEAL) Note: If contractor is a corporation, Secretary should attest and affix seal.

C-6

PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we _______________________, a __________________ (Name of Contractor) (corp., partnership or individual) hereinafter called "Principal" and __________________________________________________________________ (Surety) of , State of , hereinafter called the "Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc., hereinafter called "Owner", in the penal sum of ____________________________________($ ) (in words, and) (numbers) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents for the faithful performance of a certain written Contract entered into between the Principal and the Owner dated the day of _______________ 2018, a copy of which is incorporated herein by reference, made a part hereof as if fully copied herein, for the construction of:

The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof NOW; THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Principal shall in all respects, well, truly and faithfully perform such contact and the Principal's duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner may incur in making good any default, and if the Principal shall save, indemnify and keep harmless the Owner against all loss, damages, claims, liabilities, judgments, costs and expenses which may accrue against the Owner in consequence of the awarding of said Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the

C-7

contract or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on the bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of 20 _ . ATTEST _____________________________________ Principal ______________________________ (Principal) Secretary BY:__________________________________ (SEAL) _______ (Address) ______________________________ (Witness as to Principal) (Address)

___________________________________ _____________________________ (Surety)

_ ______

Attorney-in-Fact ATTEST: _____________ ________ (Address) ______________________________ (Surety) Secretary ______________________________ Witness as to Surety ______________________________ (Address) Note: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.

C-8

PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, , a ______________________ (Name of Contractor) (corp., partnership or individual) hereinafter called "Principal" and __________________________________________________________________ (Surety) of , State of , hereinafter called the "Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc., hereinafter called "Owner", in the penal sum of ,($ ) (in words, and ) (numbers) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the ________________ day of __________, 2018, a copy of which is incorporated hereby by reference, and made a part hereof as if fully copied herein for the construction of:

The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof.

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all person, firms, subcontractors, and corporations supplying or furnishing labor or materials to the Principal, or to any of the Principal's subcontractors in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including but not limited to any amounts due for materials, supplies, lubricants, oil, gasoline, fuels, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by, to, or for Principal or subcontractor or subcontractors of the Principal, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

C-9

The Principal and Surety further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the Owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor or material furnished for the work embraced by said Contract.

The Principal and Surety hereby further agree that not only said Owner may sue on this bond but that subject to the provisions hereinafter set out, any individual, firm, partnership, association or corporation, (hereinafter called claimant), who has performed labor or furnished materials to or for the Principal or its subcontractor or subcontractors in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract for which this bond is given, and who has not been paid in full before the expiration of 90 days after the date on which the claimant performs the last of such labor or furnished the last of such materials for which the claimant claims payment, may bring an action on this bond in the claimant's own name to recover any amount due the claimant for such labor or materials, and may prosecute such action to final judgment and have execution on the judgment. Provided, however, that any claimant who has a direct contractual relationship with any subcontractor or the Principal, but no contractual relationship, express or implied, with such Principal, may bring an action on the bond only: A. If the claimant has within 30 days after furnishing the first of such materials or performing the first of such labor, served on the Principal a written notice which shall inform the Principal of the nature of the materials being furnished or to be furnished, or the labor performed or to be performed, and identifying the person contracting for such labor or materials and the site for the performance of such labor or furnishing such materials; and B. After giving written notice to such Principal within 90 days from the date on which the claimant performed the last of the labor or furnished the last of such materials for which the claimant claims payment. Each written notice shall state with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the person for whom the work was performed or the material supplied, and shall be served by being sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to such Principal at any place in which the Principal maintains an office or conducts business, or at the Principal's residence. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the

C-10

Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this _____day of _____________ 20____ . ATTEST: ________________________________ Principal ______________________________ (Principal) Secretary BY: ____________________________ (SEAL) ________________________________ (Address) ______________________________ (Witness as to Principal) _____________________________ (Address) ________________________________ (Surety) ________________________________ Attorney-in-Fact ATTEST: ________________________________ (Address) ______________________________ (Surety) Secretary ______________________________ Witness as to Surety _____________________________ (Address) Note: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute bond.

CONTRACT FORMS

F-2


F-3

CONTRACT FORMS INDEX

Title Page

Notice of Award F-5

Notice to Proceed F-7

Progress Payment Application F-9

Contractor’s Certification F-10

Certificate of Substantial Completion F-11

Certificate of Final Completion F-13

F-4


F-5

NOTICE OF AWARD Dated _______________________

TO: (Bidder) ADDRESS:

PROJECT: THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF

CONTRACT FOR: THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF You are notified that your Bid, dated for the above Contract has been considered.

You are the apparent successful bidder and have been awarded a contract for the effort

described in the Contract Documents.

The Contract price of your Contract is

($ .) Four copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (including Drawings) accompany this

Notice of Award.

You must comply with the following conditions precedent within twenty (20) calendar days, of

the date of this Notice of Award, that is by:

_________________________________________,

1. You must deliver to the OWNER four (4) fully executed counterparts of the

Agreement including all the Contract documents. This includes the quadruplet

sets of Drawings. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on

every copy.

2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as

specified in the Instructions to Bidders Section 10 entitled "Security for Faithful

Performance and in the General Conditions Section 100.13.

F-6

3. (List other conditions precedent).

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one fully signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached.

Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc. (Owner)

By: ________________ _______ (Authorized Signature) ___________________________________ (Title) You are required to return an acknowledged copy of NOTICE OF AWARD to the ARCHITECT.

Dated this day of , 20 .

By: _________________________________________

Title: ________________________________________

ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE

Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged.

by .

this the day of , 20__

By: ___________________________________________ (Authorized Signature)

Title: _____________________________________

F-7

NOTICE TO PROCEED

TO Date: __________________________ Project: THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF

You are hereby notified to commence work in accordance with the Agreement dated the____of

____________ on or before the______________, and you are to complete the WORK within

120 calendar days thereafter. Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc. (Owner) By: ______________________________________ (Authorized Signature) ________________________________________ (Title) ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by_ . CONTRACTOR This ______ day of______________, 20__. By: ________________________________ Title:_______________________________

F-8


F-9

Progress Payment Application No. _______ For work from through Sheet of ______ Date _______________________ Contractor ___________________________ __________________________ LCA Architects. Job No. _17028.01___________

See Sheet No.

Description

Authorized Amount

Earned To Date

Previous Earned To Date

Earned This

Estimate

Contract Award Change Orders

Total: A. Total work Installed to Date .................................................................. $________________ B. Materials Currently in Storage (See Sheet ) .................................... $________________ C. Total work Installed and Material in Storage (A + B) Earned .............. $ % D. Less Retention of % (% x C)........................................................ $( ) E. Cumulative Total (C - D) ...................................................................... $_________________ F. Less Total Previous Payments (J Previous Month) ............................... $_________________ G. Balance Due this Estimate (E - F) ........................................................ $_________________ Submitted by _____________________________ Date ______________ Contractor Recommended by _________________________ Date _______________ Architect H. Less Amounts Withheld ........................................................................ $( ) 1. _______________ $ ____________________ 2. _______________ $ ____________________ 3. _______________ $ ____________________

I. New Payment to Contractor (G - H) ............................................$ J. Total Payments to Contractor to Date (F + I) ......................................... $ Approved by Date _____________________ Owner

F-10

CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION

The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) All previous progress payments received

from OWNER on account of work done under this Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through _____ inclusive; and

(2) Title to all materials and equipment

incorporate in said work or otherwise listed or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by BOND acceptable to OWNER).

Date ______________________________ , 20__. ______________________________________________________________ CONTRACTOR BY ___________________________________________________________

F-11

CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ================================================================== OWNER'S Project THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF

ARCHITECT’S Project No. 17028.01

==================================================================

CONTRACTOR

Contract For Contract Date _____________________

===================================================================

This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all work under the Contract Documents or

to the following specified parts thereof:

To

____________________________________________________________________________

Owner

And To ______________________________________________________________________

Contractor =================================================================== The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of

OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ARCHITECT, and that Work is hereby declared to be

substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on

____________________________________________

DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-

inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of

CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The

items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days

of the above date of Substantial Completion.

F-12

=================================================================== ===================================================================

The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety,

maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows:

RESPONSIBILITIES: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: __ __ =================================================================== The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: ======================================================================== This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ======================================================================== Executed by ARCHITECT on , 20_________ ARCHITECT By CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on ____ 20 ____ . ______________________________________

CONTRACTOR By ________________________________________ OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on:

_____ ,20 ___ . Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc., OWNER By _______________________________________

F-13

CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION =================================================================== Owner’s Project:THE TERRACE AT RUBY VIEW REROOF =================================================================== CONTRACTOR ________________________________________. Contract For $ _____________________________________________________ Contract Date _____________________________________________________ =================================================================== This Certificate of Final Completion applies to all work under the Contract Documents: To Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc _

Owner And To ________________________________________________________________

Contractor =================================================================== The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ARCHITECT, and that Work is hereby declared to be complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on

_________________________________________________ DATE OF COMPLETION

The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows: RESPONSIBILITIES: ___ One year warranty _____ OWNER: __________ CONTRACTOR: ............................................................... ____________________________________ ______________ ===================================================================== The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate:

__________________________________________________________________ ________

F-14

====================================================================== ===================================================================== This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. =======================================================================

Executed by ARCHITECT on ___________________ , 20 __ __ __________________________________________________ ARCHITECT By _________ ____________ CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Final Completion on 20 .

_________________________________ CONTRACTOR

By ____________________________ OWNER accepts this Certificate of Final Completion on: 20 . Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc OWNER By __________________________________________

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

SC-2


SC-3

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Table of Contents

1. Enumeration of plans, specifications, addenda and special requirements for this project .............................................................. SC -5

2. Location of work and special hazards (if any) .................................... SC -6 3. Preparation of bid, including extras ................................................... SC -6 4. Wage scale ........................................................................................ SC -6

SC-4


SC-5

1. Enumeration of Plans, Specifications and Addenda: The plans, specifications and addenda and special requirements which form a part of this contract are:

(1) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition, Orange Book, Sponsored and Distributed by the Regional Transportation Commission of Washoe County, Carson City, Churchill County, City of Reno, City of Sparks, City of Yerington and Washoe County. Copies are available on line at www.rtc.washoe.com, utilizing the Street and Highway link, and from the Public Works Departments of the various agencies. Also available from Regional Transportation Commission, Engineering Department, 1105 Terminal Way, Reno, Nevada, 89502, Telephone: 775-348-0171.

(2) These Special Conditions and the Special Provisions consisting of Part One General Provisions, Part 2 Construction Materials and Part 3 Construction Materials

(3) State of Nevada, Materials Manual of Testing Procedures, latest

edition. (4) Contract Specifications

(5) Contract Drawings. 2. Location of Work and Special Hazards:

The Terrace at Ruby View is located in Elko at 1795 Ruby View Drive, Elko, Nevada.

3. Preparation of Bid:

Preparing bids for this project shall be for the selective demolition and re-roof work as shown on the plans, meeting typical specifications and as revised by the Special Provisions. The Work is tentatively scheduled to commence on or about May 1, 2018. The Contractor, by submitting his bid, hereby agrees to hold firm all prices to accommodate this schedule.

4. Wage Scale:

In view of the fact that the estimated cost of the project are under $250,000 prevailing wage rates will not apply. If the Contractors Bid is over $250,000, Prevailing Wage rates will apply. The 2018 rates are included herein in

SC-6

order to provide prospective bidders with a general understanding of the wage rates which may apply to this contract. It is the responsibility of the bidder to obtain the 2018 Prevailing Wages for Elko County and all current changes thereto and to incorporate such prevailing wage rates into their bids.

Part 1

GENERAL PROVISIONS

GP-2


GP-3

PART 1

GENERAL PROVISIONS

This section of the Special Provisions supplements and modifies PART 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition, Orange Book, sponsored and distributed by the Regional Transportation Commission of Washoe County, Carson City, Churchill County, City of Reno, City of Sparks, City of Yerington and Washoe County.

GP-4


GP-5

PART 1

GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. Table of Contents, Titles and Headings:

The Table of Contents, Titles and Headings contained in the Contract documents are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract documents and in no way affect, limit, enlarge or interpret the provisions to which they refer.

ITEM TITLES AND HEADINGS PAGE 100.01.03 Agency ........................................................................... GP-7

100.01.12 Contractor ....................................................................... GP-7

100.01.29 Specifications ................................................................. GP-7

100.01.36 Notice ............................................................................. GP-7

100.01.37 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted ............... GP-8

100.07 Interpretations of Plans and Documents ......................... GP-8

100.13 Contract Security ............................................................ GP-8

100.13.01 Performance Bond .......................................................... GP-8

100.13.02 Labor and Material Bond ................................................ GP-9

100.14 Insurance ........................................................................ GP-9

100.14.01 Liability Insurance ........................................................... GP-9

100.15 Compliance with Laws and Local Labor and Material Requirements ............................. GP-11

100.15.01 Prevailing Wage ............................................................. GP-11

100.15.04 Labor Discrimination ....................................................... GP-11

100.16 Inspection ....................................................................... GP-12

100.16.01 Right of Entry .................................................................. GP-12

100.16.02 Engineer’s Authority........................................................ GP-12

100.16.03 Inspection Facilities ........................................................ GP-12

100.16.04 Environmental Testing and Monitoring ............................ GP-14

100.17 Materials & Workmanship ............................................... GP-14

GP-6

100.17.01 Local Materials ............................................................... GP-15

100.17.02 Samples and Tests ......................................................... GP-17

100.17.03 Certificates of Compliance .............................................. GP-17

100.19 Commencement & Completion of Work .......................... GP-17

100.20 Baseline, Bench Marks & Reference Points .................... GP-18

100.21 Progress Schedule ......................................................... GP-18

100.24 Change Orders ............................................................... GP-19

100.25 Extra Work ...................................................................... GP-19

100.26 Suspension of Work........................................................ GP-19

100.28 Default & Termination of Contract ................................... GP-20

100.32 Subcontractors ............................................................... GP-20

100.33 Protection of Person and Property .................................. GP-21

100.33.01 Maintenance of Traffic .................................................... GP-21

100.33.04 Contractor-Designed Traffic Control Plans ...................... GP-22

100.33.06 Construction Signing....................................................... GP-23

100.33.07 Notification of Emergency Services Providers................. GP-23

100.39 Failure to Complete Work

(in the time agreed upon) ................................................ GP-23

100.41 Public Service Equipment ............................................... GP-24

100.42 Supervision ..................................................................... GP-25

100.45 Guarantee of Structures & Equipment ............................ GP-25

100.46 Payment of Patents Infringements ........................................................ GP-26 100.48 Arbitration ....................................................................... GP-26

100.48.01 Claims for Adjustments and Disputes ............................. GP-26

100.49 Permits & Licenses ........................................................ GP-27

100.49.02 Taxes ............................................................................. GP-27

100.51 Partial Payments ............................................................ GP-27

100.54 Mobilization .................................................................... GP-27

100.54.01 Payment ......................................................................... GP-27

100.55 Assignments ................................................................... GP-28

100.56 Limitation of Operations .................................................. GP-28

GP-7

100.01.03 Agency To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

Where encountered in these Contract Documents and Special Provisions, the term “Owner” shall be synonymous with an is used interchangeably with the term “Agency”.

100.01.12 Contractor: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

It is stipulated and agreed that Contractor shall be an independent Contractor in the performance of the Contract and shall have complete charge of the men engaged in the performance of the work. Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with his own methods, subject to compliance with the requirements of the Contract.

100.01.36 Notice: Add this subsection to the Standard Specifications:

Any notice to any Contractor from the Owner relative to any part of this Contract shall be in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when said notice is posted by certified or registered mail to the said Contractor at his last given address, or delivered in person to said Contractor or his authorized representative on the work.

100.01.37 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted: Add this section to the Standard Specifications:

Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein and if through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted then upon the application of either part of the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.

100.07 Interpretations of Plans and Documents: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications, add the following:

No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally.

Each request for such interpretation shall be in writing, addressed to:

GP-8

Byron Smith Lombard Conrad Architects Nevada Inc.

392 5th Street Elko, Nevada 89801

Or via electronic transmission to:

[email protected]

And; to be given consideration, must be received at least five working

days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. 100.13 Contract Security: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following: The bonds shall be in the form specified by the Owner during bidding.

100.13.01 Performance Bond To this subsection of the Standard Specification, add the following:

The Bond shall guarantee the repair and replacement of defective equipment, materials and workmanship and shall guarantee payment to the said Owner of all year, or in lieu thereof, a bond equal to ten (10) percent of the full amount of the contract may be substituted for the performance bond upon completion and final acceptance and final payment for the work performed under the Contract, which shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year to guarantee the repair and replacement and payment of damages. In all respects, the substitute bond shall satisfy the requirements and conditions of the original performance bond.

100.13.02 Labor and Materials Bond To this subsection of the Standard Specifications, add the following:

This Labor and Materials Bond shall cover not only the Contractor, but also any of his subcontractors in the prosecution of this work.

100.14 Insurance: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has submitted certified evidence that he has obtained all the insurance required in this section of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction or as

GP-9

amended in these Special Provisions and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until the insurance required of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved.

100.14.01 Liability Insurance: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

The Contractor shall furnish insurance coverage for all types of General Liability, and Automobile Liability at minimum amounts as follows.

(A) Contractor’s General Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and

shall maintain during the life of this Contract Contractor’s General Liability Insurance, in the following amounts:

Minimum limits for:

(1) Each Occurrence .................................................... $2,000,000 (2) Personal Advertising Injury ...................................... $2,000,000 (3) General Aggregate ................................................. $2,000,000 (4) Products-Comp/Operations Aggregate.................... $2,000,000

(B) Contractor’s Automobile Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this Contract Contractor’s Automobile Liability Insurance on all owned, non-owned, and hired autos used on the in the following amounts:

Minimum limits for:

(1) Combined Single Limit (each accident) ........................$2,000,000 (C) Subcontractor’s General Liability and Automobile Liability Insurance:

The Contractor shall either:

(1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract , Subcontractor’s General Liability and Automobile Liability Insurance of the type and in the same amounts specified in paragraphs A and B for the Contractor or: (2) Insure the activities of each subcontractor in amounts specified in Paragraphs A and B for the Contractor.

(D) Scope of Insurance and Special Hazards: The insurance required under

subparagraphs, (A) and (B) hereof shall name the Owner and its officers, agents, the Architect and its employees as a co-insured and provide adequate protection for the Owner and its officers, agents, Architect and employees, and the Contractor and his subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from Operations under this Contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him and, also against any of the special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of this Contract as

GP-10

enumerated in the Special Conditions. (E) Proof of Carriage of Insurance: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner

with certificates showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies. Such certificates shall also contain substantially the following statement: "The insurance covered by this certificate will not be canceled or materially altered, except after ten (10) days written notice has been received by the Owner."

(F) If the Contractor or any subcontractor fails to maintain the insurance

required by this Contract, the Owner may obtain such insurance for the protection of the Owner, its officers, agents, Architect, and other employees, and deduct and retain the amount of the premiums for such insurance from any sums payable to the Contractor under this Contract.

(G) The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its

officers, agents, Architect and other employees from all liability, damages, judgments, expense and costs, including but not limited to attorney fees, not covered by insurance, and arising out of personal injury, death or property damage occurring during or related to the performance of this Contract by the Contractor, any of its subcontractors and any of its officers, agents or employees.

(H) To this subsection of the General Conditions add the following:

The ARCHITECT and the ARCHITECT’S officials, officers, and employees shall be included as additional insured by separate endorsement. The additional insured endorsement shall be signed and attached to the insurance certificate.

100.15 Compliance with Laws and Local Labor and Material Requirements: In the event that the Contractor’s bid is greater than $250,000, to this section of the Standard Specifications make the following changes: Delete the second (2nd) sentence in the paragraph and substitute the following therefore:

Public Works Identifying Number (PWP Number): Per N.R.S. 338.013(1), the contractor shall refer to the following PWP Number assigned to this contract in all labor matters: PWP No. will not be assigned unless the bid from the apparent low bidder is in excess of $250,000.

Particular attention is called to the following: 100.15.01 Prevailing Wage:

To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

GP-11

This Contract may be canceled at the election of Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc. for any failure or refusal on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor faithfully to perform the Contract according to the terms as to wages and hours as herein provided. NOTE: NRS 338.080 (3) exempts any contract for a public work whose total cost is less than $250,000.00 from prevailing wage requirements.

100.15.04 Labor Discrimination:


In connection with the performance of the work under this Contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, national origin or sex. Such agreement shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment, or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor further agrees to insert this provision in all subcontract(s) hereunder, except subcontracts for standard commercial supplies or raw material. Any violation of these provisions by a Contractor or subcontractor shall constitute a material breach of Contract.

The Contractor expressly agrees to comply with the provision of Nevada Revised Statute, Title 28, Chapter and Section 338.130 and agrees that if those provisions are not complied with by the Contractor, the Contract shall be void, and any failure or refusal to comply with any of the provisions of said N.R.S. 338.130 shall render this Contract void.

100.16 Inspection: 100.16.01 Right of Entry To this subsection to the Standard Specifications add the following:

The Owner and its Architect and authorized representatives and agents shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payroll records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records of the Contractor and each subcontractor at all reasonable times. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner through the office of the Architect such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimate records and other data as the Owner may request concerning work performed or to be performed under this Contract.

100.16.02 Architect's Authority: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

(Reference in this Contract to “Architect” shall mean Lombard Conrad Architects Nevada, Inc. or their representative acting on behalf of the Board of the Elko Senior Activities Programs, Inc.) The Architect shall give all orders and directions contemplated under this Contract and specifications, relative to the

GP-12

execution of the work. The Architect shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the several kinds of work and materials which are to be paid for under this Contract and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said work and the construction thereof. The Architect's estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive, except as herein otherwise expressly provided. In case any question shall arise between the parties hereto relative to said Contract or specifications, the determination or decision of the Architect shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive any money or payment for work under this Contract affected in any manner or to any extent by such question.

The Architect shall decide the meaning and intent of any portion of the specifications and of any plans or drawings where the same may be found obscure or be in dispute. Any differences or conflicts in regard to their work which may arise between the Contractor under this Contract and other Contractors performing work for the Owner shall be adjusted as determined by the Architect.

100.16.03 Inspection Facilities: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards. The laboratory or inspection agency shall be selected by the Owner. The Owner will pay for all laboratory inspection service direct, and not as a part of the Contract unless specifically required by specification to be done as part of the Contract at the Contractor's expense.

Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and durability of the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and testing to establish conformance with specifications suitability for uses intended.

The Contractor shall submit samples or specimens of such materials to be furnished and used in the work as the Owner may require. Proper facilities for safe access to all parts of the work shall be maintained by the Contractor for the necessary use of the Architect, or his representative, to inspect the work.

Where the specifications require work to be specially tested or approved, it shall be tested only in the presence of the Architect after timely notice of its readiness for inspection and testing and the work after testing shall be covered up only upon the consent thereto of the Architect.

Work covered without such test approval or consent shall, if required by the Architect, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. The results of any tests made are for the information of the Architect. Regardless of any test results, the Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of workmanship and materials and for compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications.

Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried out on each day, he shall give due notice to the Architect, so that proper inspection may be provided. Any work done in such manner as to avoid or prevent inspection by the Architect shall be subject to rejection.

GP-13

Records shall be available at all reasonable hours for inspection by the State or Federal agencies to ascertain compliance with laws and regulations.

The Contractor shall furnish the Architect all necessary labor and facilities for such things as excavation in the compacted fill to depths required to take samples.

Except as specifically required under materials specifications, shop testing and inspection, all tests of materials furnished by the Contractor shall be made by the Architect in accordance with commonly recognized standards of national organizations. The Contractor shall furnish such samples of all materials as required by the Architect without charge. No material shall be used unless it has been favorably reviewed by the Architect.

Where such inspection and testing are to be conducted by an independent laboratory, or agency, the sample, or samples, of material to be tested shall be selected by such laboratory or agency, or the Architect, and not by the Contractor.

100.17 Materials and Workmanship:

Following the second paragraph of this section of the Standard Specifications add the following:

All work and all materials, whether incorporated in the work or not, all processes of manufacture, and all methods of construction shall be at all times and places subject to the inspection of the Architect who shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the work, materials processes of manufacture, and methods of construction for the purposes for which they are used. Should they fail to meet his approval they shall be forthwith reconstructed, made good, replaced and/or corrected, as the case may be, by the Contractor at his own expense. Rejected material shall immediately be removed from the site. If, in the opinion of the Architect, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract documents, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor hereunder shall be reduced by such amount as in the judgment of the Architect shall be equitable.

Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the Owner at any time before final acceptance of the entire work to make an examination of work already completed by removing or tearing out any portion thereof, the Contractor shall defray all the expenses of such examinations and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the Contract, the additional cost of labor and materials and equipment necessarily involved in such examination, and the replacement of the work, plus 15% for overhead and profit shall be allowed the Contractor.

No materials, machinery, equipment, appliances or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or by any subcontractor subject to any security interest under the Nevada Uniform Commercial Code or by any other agreement by which an interest or lien or title is retained by the Seller. The Contractor warrants that he will have good title to all such materials, machinery, equipment,

GP-14

appliances or supplies which become part of the work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances.

100.19 Commencement of Work:

Change the title of this subsection of the Standard Specifications to read as follows:

Commencement and Completion of Work To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

In as much as the Contract concerns a needed public improvement, the provisions of the Contract relating to the time of performance and completion of the work are the essence of this Contract. Accordingly, the Contractor shall begin work on or before the date specified in the Notice to Proceed from the Owner, and shall fully and entirely perform and complete this Contract, and all of the work incident thereto, within One-hundred-twenty (120) calendar days thereafter. The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.

100.21 Progress Schedule: To this section of the Standard Specifications add the following:

Upon request of the Architect, the Contractor shall submit supplementary progress schedules in the form required by the Architect. Such supplemental schedules may be required if a significant time deviation from the original schedule is noted by the Architect or as deemed necessary by the Architect. The Contractor shall indicate on the supplemental schedule any revised operation sequence, changes in equipment, labor forces or working shifts or other pertinent factors by which time lost will be made up to allow contract completion within the working days set forth in these Special Provisions.

The submitting of a progress schedule satisfactory to the Architect shall be considered as a necessary portion of the work; therefore, partial payments as set forth under subsection 100.51 of the Standard Specifications will not be forthcoming until this requirement for a satisfactory progress schedule has been complied with.

Approval of any schedule submitted by the Contractor shall not be construed to assign responsibility of performance or contingencies to the Owner or relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to adjust his forces, equipment, and work schedules as may be necessary to insure completion of the within prescribed contract time.

GP-15

Any contingency (difference in time between the projects early completion and required contract completion date) in this schedule belongs to the project, not any one party to the contract.

100.24 Change Orders: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

No changes in work covered by the Contract documents shall be made without the prior written approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be agreed upon in advance of any such change and shall be incorporated in the written approval required by this Contract.

100.25 Extra Work: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

Without invalidating the Contract, the Owner may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding to or deduction from the work, the Contract sum being adjusted accordingly, and the consent of the Surety being first obtained where necessary or desirable. All the work of the kind bid upon shall be paid for at the price agreed upon by the Contractor and Owner, and stipulated in the proposal, and no claims for any extra work or materials shall be allowed unless the work is ordered in writing by the Owner or its Architect, acting officially for the Owner, and the price is stated in such order.

100.26 Suspension of Work: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with work either before or after the start of construction by reason of any litigation or other reason beyond the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by reason of said delay; but time for completion of the work will be extended to such reasonable time as the Owner may determine will compensate for time lost by such delay with such determination to be set forth in writing.

100.28 Default and Termination of Contract: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or should make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if the Contractor is an individual and

GP-16

his death occurs during the performance of this Contract, the Owner may terminate this Contract by ten (10) days written notice mailed to the Contractor's last place of business and to the Surety. In the event that any of the provisions of this Contract are violated by the Contractor, or by any of his subcontractors, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, such notices to contain the reasons for such intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice upon the Contractor, such violation or delay shall cease and satisfactory arrangement or correction be made, the Contract shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) days, cease and terminate.

In the event of any such termination, the Owner shall immediately serve notice thereof upon the Surety and the Contractor, if living and the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract; provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within ten (10) days from the date of the mailing to such Surety of notice of termination, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or by force account for the account and at the expense of the Contractor and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for any excess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and in such event the may take possession of and utilize in completing the work and materials, appliances, and plant as may be on the site of the work and necessary therefore. In case of any such termination, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payments under this Contract until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work, including compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract price, Contractor and/or the Surety to the extent of the Bond liability, shall pay the difference to the Owner.

100.32 Subcontractors: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

(a) The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on those parts of the work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty subcontractors.

(b) The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without

prior written approval of the Owner, which approval will not be given until the Contractor submits to the Owner a written statement concerning the proposed award to the subcontractor, which statement shall contain such information as the Owner may require.

(c) The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts

and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him.

(d) The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all

subcontracts relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the Contractor

GP-17

by the terms of the General Conditions and other Contract documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract documents.

(e) Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation

between any subcontractor and the Owner. 100.33 Protection of Person and Property: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

The Contractor must take all reasonable precautions to protect the persons and property of the Owner, Adjacent Landowner, and others on or adjacent to the site from damage, loss or injury resulting from his operations under this Contract, except such property as the Owner thereof may themselves be under a legal duty to protect. This duty to protect shall include the duty to provide, place and adequately maintain at or about the site suitable and sufficient guards, lights, barricades and enclosures.

If the persons or property of the Owner or others on or adjacent to the site sustain loss, damage or injury resulting directly or indirectly from the work of the Contractor, or his subcontractors, in their performance of this Contract or from his or their failure to comply with any of the provisions of the Contract documents or of the law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims, demands, liabilities and judgments for damages and from costs and expenses to which the Owner may be subjected or which it may suffer or incur by reason thereof, to the extent they are to be paid by insurance.

100.39 Failure to Complete the Work In The Time Agreed Upon:


If the said Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, as consideration for the awarding of this Contract, the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the sum of $500.00, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for such breach of Contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated herein above for completing the work.

The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain; and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be verified from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates.

It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and of the specifications wherein a definite and certain length of time is

GP-18

fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the Contract an additional time is allowed for the Completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall be of the essence of this Contract. Provided that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner; provided, further, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due:

(a) To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the

Government; (b) To unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or

negligence of the Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and severe weather; and

(c) To any delays of Subcontractors or suppliers occasioned by any of the

causes specified in subsections (a) and (b) of this paragraph:

Provided, further, that the Contractor shall within ten (10) days from the beginning of such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a further period of the time prior to the date of final settlement of the Contract, notify the Owner, in writing, of the causes of the delay, who shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of its decision in the matter.

100.42 Supervision: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following:

The Contractor shall give his personal attention to and shall supervise the work to the end that it is mandatory that when he is not personally present on the work he shall at all reasonable times be represented by a competent superintendent or foreman who shall receive and obey all instructions or orders given under this Contract, and who shall have full authority to execute the same and to supply materials, tools and labor without delay, and who shall be the legally appointed representative of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for the faithful observance of any instruction delivered to him (her or them) or his authorized representative.

The Contractor shall designate in writing before starting work, an authorized representative who shall have complete authority to represent and to act for the Contractor. Said authorized representative shall be present at the site of the work at all times while work is actually in progress on the contract and during periods when work is suspended arrangements acceptable to the Architect shall be made for any emergency work which may be required. When the Contractor is comprised of two or more persons, firms, partnerships, or

GP-19

corporations functioning on a joint venture basis, said Contractor shall designate in writing to the Architect, the name of their representative who shall have supreme authority to direct the work and to whom orders will be given by the Architect to be received and obeyed by the Contractor.

Information shall include the representative’s name, street address, town, telephone number, and the mailing address if different from the street address.

100.45 Guarantee of Structures and Equipment: To this section of the Standard Specifications add the following:

Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract documents, nor partial or entire occupancy of the promises by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting there from which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.

100.46 Payment of Patents and Patent Infringements: To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following: (a) The Contractor shall hold and save the Owner and its officers, agents

and employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention, process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the Contract, including its use by the Owner, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in the Contract documents.

(b) Any license and/or royalty fees payable for the use of a process which is

authorized by the Owner of the project shall be paid to the holder of the patent, or his authorized licensee, by the Contractor.

(c) If the Contractor uses any design, device or materials covered by letters,

patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable agreement with the holder of such patented or copyrighted design, device or material. The Contract price shall include all royalties or costs arising from the use of such design, device or materials, in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and/or his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, its officers, agents and employees, from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of such patented or copyrighted design, device or materials or any trademark or copyright in connection with work agreed to be performed under this Contract, and shall indemnify the Owner, its officers, agents and employees, for any cost, expense or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work.

GP-20

100.48 Arbitration:

Delete this Section in its entirety from the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and substitute the following therefore:

100.48.01 Claims for Adjustment and Disputes:

If, in any case, the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or material not clearly covered in the contract or not ordered by the Architect as extra work as defined herein, the Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing of his intention to make claim for such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given, and Architect is not afforded proper facilities by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor, and the fact that the Architect has kept account of the cost, as aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. If the claim after consideration by the Architect is found to be just, it will be paid as extra work as provided herein for “force account” work. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as establishing any claim contrary to the terms of Subsection 100.24, Change Orders, and Subsection 100.25 Extra Work, of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.

100.49 Permits and Licenses:

To this subsection of the Standard Specifications add the following: 100.49.02 Taxes

Contractor shall pay all taxes levied or assessed on or in connection with his performance of this Contract, whether before or after acceptance of the work including but not limited to, licenses, permits, State and Local sales and use taxes, Federal and State payroll taxes or assessments, excise taxes, industrial insurance premiums and personal property taxes. No separate allowance will be made therefore and all cost in connection therewith shall be included in the total amount of the Contract price.

100.51 Partial Payments:


As a condition to partial payments made hereunder, the Owner shall have the right to make beneficial use of completed portions of the work prior to total project completion with prejudice to completion and final acceptance of a total project.

100.54 Mobilization:

GP-21

Add a new subsection to the Standard Specifications as follows: The item of mobilization shall consist of preparatory work and operations,

including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site, for the establishment of all offices, buildings, and other facilities necessary for work on the project, as well as all other work and operations which must be performed, or costs incurred, not otherwise paid for prior to beginning work on the various items on the project site.

100.54.01 Payment:

Partial payments for Mobilization will be made in accordance with the following schedule:

(1) When five (5) percent of the original contract amount is earned from other

bid items, fifty (50) percent of the amount bid for mobilization, or five (5) percent of the original contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid.

(2) When ten (10) percent of the original contract amount is earned from

other bid items, one hundred (100) percent of the amount bid for mobilization, or ten (10) percent of the original contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid.

(3) Upon completion of all work on the project, payment of any amount bid for

mobilization in excess of ten (10) percent of the original contract amount will be paid.

(4) The total sum of all payments shall not exceed the original contract

amount bid for mobilization, regardless of the fact that the Contractor may have, for any reason, shut down his work on the project or moved equipment away from the project and then back again.

100.55 Assignments: Add a new subsection to the Standard Specifications as follows:

The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this Contract or any moneys due or to become due hereunder without written consent of the Owner. No assignment shall be made to any person, firm, association or corporation declared by the Owner not to be a responsible bidder for this Contract. In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of the moneys due or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to prior claims of all persons, firms and corporations of services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this Contract.

GP-22

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


SUMMARY 011000 - 1

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Access to site. 4. Coordination with occupants. 5. Work restrictions. 6. Specification and drawing conventions. 7. Miscellaneous provisions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: The Terrace at Ruby View Reroof.

1. Project Location: 1795 Ruby View Drive, Elko, Nevada 89801.

B. Owner: Elko Senior Citizen Center Inc. 1795 Ruby View Drive, Elko, Nevada 89801.

1. Owner's Representative: Dick Harris, Board Chair, 775-738-6605.

C. Architect: Lombard Conrad Architects Nevada, LTD. Byron Smith. 392 5th Street Elko, Nevada 89801 775-299-4994

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:

1. Remove existing concrete tile roof system to existing plywood roof deck (existing, undamaged tile to be stock piled for reinstallation), remove existing eaves, fascia, gutters, downspouts, etc. Install new concrete tile roof system.


SUMMARY 011000 - 2

B. Type of Contract:

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 ACCESS TO SITE

A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section.

B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations.

b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.

1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building(s) during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and approval of authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 6 a.m. to 8 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:


SUMMARY 011000 - 3

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.

E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.

F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted.

1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations on drawings. 3. Condoc: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing

Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011000


ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1

SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.

1. Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order.

B. Types of allowances include the following:

1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Quantity allowances.

C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices.

1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE

A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.

B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.

C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.



B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance.

C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation.

1.7 LUMP-SUM, UNIT-COST AND QUANTITY ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.

C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted.

1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed.

1.8 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.

1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.

2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed.

3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances.

4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count.

B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit.

1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.

2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.




PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.

3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance Number One: Include removal and disposal of deteriorating, water damaged or otherwise unsuitable 5/8”x4’x8’ piece of plywood roof sheathing and installation of new 5/8”x4’x8’ plywood roof sheathing. Refer also to 012200 Unit Prices.

B. Allowance Number Two: Include removal and disposal of deteriorating, water damaged or otherwise unsuitable 2”x8”x8’ fascia board and installation of new 2”x8”x8’ (profile to match contract documents). Refer also to 012200 Unit Prices.

C. Allowance Number Three: Submittal Exchange Allowance, Include $2,195.00 for Submittal Exchange project website.



UNIT PRICES 012200 - 1

SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.


1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.

2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.


UNIT PRICES 012200 - 2


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Unit Price 1: Removal and replacement of damaged roof sheathing.

1. Description: Remove and dispose deteriorating, water damaged or otherwise unsuitable 5/8”x4’x8’ plywood roof sheathing and furnishment and installation of new 5/8”x4’x8’ plywood roof sheathing.

2. Unit of measurement: Per 5/8”x4’x8’ sheet of plywood.

3. Allowance: Coordinate unit price with Allowance adjustment requirements in 012100 Allowances.

B. Unit Price 2: Removal and replacement of damaged 2x fascia.

1. Description: Remove and dispose deteriorating, water damaged or otherwise unsuitable 2x8 wood fascia and furnishment and installation of new 2x8 wood fascia.

2. Unit of measurement: 2x8, per lineal foot, in quantities of 8’-0” lengths.

3. Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment requirements in 012100 Allowances.



ALTERNATES 012300 - 1

SECTION 012300 - ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.

1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement.

2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to alternates.

C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate.


ALTERNATES 012300 - 2


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate No. One: Remove and replace single ply roofing.

1. Base Bid: Modifications to single ply membrane as require for removal and reinstallation of concrete tile roof system.

2. Alternate:

a. Remove and dispose existing single ply roof membrane, underlayment, and cap flashings where indicated to existing wood deck. Remove and dispose singly ply membrane from parapet walls. Demolition includes removal and reinstallation of utilities.

b. Prep roof deck, parapets, etc for installation of new single ply roof system. c. Install new 1/4” coverboard as specified. d. Install new crickets. e. Install new fully adhered PVC single ply roof membrane. f. Install new flashings and copings. g. Reinstall roof top mounted utilities.

3. Refer to drawings and specifications for complete description of components of alternate.



SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1

SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.


1. Section 012100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance. 2. Section 012300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 3. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable

product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.

2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.


A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided in Project Manual. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,

as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable.

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section.



Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.

1) Submit complete product comparisons between proposed substitution and specified product, noting all features, specified components, etc.

2) Do not submit irrelevant information from product manufacturer’s literature that is not applicable to this project. Substitution Requests submitted without line by line comparisons and irrelevant information will be returned without action.

e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test

results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project,

from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed

substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.

k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in

the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.

m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.



1.6 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

b. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided.

c. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction. f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution

has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed.





SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: ______________________________________________________________________________ PROJECT: ___________________________________________________________________________ SPECIFIED ITEM: _____________________________________________________________________ ______ ____ _________ ______________________________________________________________ Section Page Paragraph Description The undersigned requests consideration of the following PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: _____________________________________________________________________________ Attached data includes description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test

data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detail-

ing the construction costs caused by the requested substitution. 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service will be locally available for the proposed substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted by: Signature ________________________________________ ___ For use by Design Consultant: Firm ____________________________________________ ___ Accepted ____ Accepted as noted Address _________________________________________ ___ Not Accepted ___ Received too late _______________________________________________ By _________________________________ Date ____________________________________________ Date _______________________________ Telephone Fax _________________ Remarks ____________________________ Attachments:


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1

SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.


1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on their "Architect's Supplemental Instructions" form

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 7 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of

the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect.



B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the

change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 8. Contractor’s request for change shall be submitted within 7 days of occurrence. All

requests made after 7 days will not be considered. 9. Quotations with labor hours, materials or equipment exceeding those recommendations

by standard cost estimating resourses such as RS Means will not be accepted.

1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS

A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances.

B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work.

C. Change Orders: When Architect and Contractor agree with adjustments in Contract Amount and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon adjustments, such agreement shall be recorded in the Change Order. Agreement on any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters related to the change in the Work which is the subject of the Change Order, including, but not limited to, (1) all direct and indirect costs associated with such change, (2) any impact such change may have on the unchanged Work, and (3) any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. No separate claims for delay damages, disruption, loss of labor efficiency, acceleration, or otherwise associated with an approved Change Order shall be asserted as a Claim.

1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor.



1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on form included in Project Manual. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Owner and Architect may, by Construction Change Directive and without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.

C. In the absence of total agreement on all of the terms required for a Change Order, Owner and Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. The document will describe the changes in the Work, and will indicate any proposed adjustments in the Contract Sum, Contract Time, both, or designate a method of determining any change in Contract Amount and/or Contract Time.

D. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Unless stated otherwise in the Owner/Contractor Agreement the following shall apply. Bring conflicts in documents to the attention of the Owner and Architect.

3.2 SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS PROCEDURES

A. Architect will issue a Supplemental Instruction to Contractor describing minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in Contact Sum or extension of Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.

B. Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.

3.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. Contractor shall submit proposals and/or billings for materials and/or labor for all additional Work with charges limited to those set forth below in this Article.



B. Materials & Labor:

1. Cost of products, materials, or labor to Contractor or Subcontractor, less any applicable trade discounts, shall be subject to mark-up for overhead and profit as follows:

a. Where Contractor supplies products, materials, or labor to Owner directly, Contractor -will be allowed to add a maximum of 10 percent overhead and profit in his billing to Owner.

b. b. Where Subcontractor supplies products, materials, or labor to Owner, through Contractor, the Subcontractor will be allowed to add a maximum of 10 percent overhead and profit; and above that the Contractor will be allowed to add, a maximum of 5 percent overhead and profit in his billing to Owner.

2. Owner reserves the right to request copies of any or all material quotes, estimates, in-voices, contracts, timesheets, and so forth including those from originating suppliers, subcontractors, or manufacturers.

C. Applicable taxes: No overhead and profit will be allowed. D. Labor:

1. Where Contractor supplies labor to Owner directly, Contractor will be allowed to add a maximum of 10 percent overhead and profit in his billing to Owner.

2. Where Subcontractor supplies labor to Owner, through Contractor, the Subcontractor will be allowed to add a maximum of 10 percent overhead and profit for Subcontractor and above that the Contractor will be allowed to add, a maximum of 5 percent overhead and profit in his billing to Owner.

3. Owner reserves the right to request copies of any or all material quotes, estimates, in-voices, time sheets, and so forth relevant to labor charged (see Documentation Article below).

E. Overhead and Profit:

1. Overhead and profit at the rates outlined above includes costs of bonds and insurance, supervision, estimating, administrative and clerical personnel at the base office and/or field office, use of power tools and equipment, incidental job burdens, payroll tax on la-bor, and general office expenses and all general conditions.

2. No additional overhead and profit will be allowed for omitting work. 3. When both additions and credits covering related work or substitutions are involved in

any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change.

4. Contractor’s overhead and profit shall be calculated on the cost of the Subcontractor’s la-bor and materials only, excluding the Subcontractor’s overhead and profit from the calcu-lations.

F. Execution of Change Orders: A Change Order will be fully executed when the document is

signed by Contractor, Architect, and Owner. G. If requested by owner, contractor is to list bids for change order work and share bid results

with owner.

3.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT AMOUNT AND/OR CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis for all work done.



B. Document each quotation and provide full information required for evaluation of proposed

changes to substantiate costs of changes in the Work.

C. Provide additional data to support computations:

1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract similarly documented.

D. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time and material force ac-

count basis with additional information:

1. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and time work was performed and by whom. Superintendent and/or Owner's rep-

resentative shall be notified when work commences and when it is complete. Superinten-dent and/or Owner's representative shall sign the work log.

3. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontractors similarly documented.

E. Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as Owner may prescribe, an itemized ac-counting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Con-tract Documents, costs shall be limited to the following:

1. Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation in-surance.

2. Costs of materials, supplies, and equipment, including costs of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed.

3. Rental costs of machinery and equipment exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from Contractor or others.

3.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES (CHANGE ORDER)

A. If a Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the ad-justment may be based on one of the following methods:

1. Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substan-tiating data to permit evaluation.

2. Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon. 3. Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable

fixed or percentage fee. 4. As otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.

B. Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the

change in the Work involved and advise Owner and Architect of Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the proposed adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, Contract Time, both, or method provided for determining the proposed adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If the Contractor fails to advise the Architect of its agreement or disagreement in writing within seven (7) days, Contractor shall be deemed to agree with the proposed ad-justments in the Contract Sum, Contract Time, both, or the method provided in the Construc-tion Change Directive.



C. A Construction Change Directive signed by Contractor indicates the agreement of Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method determin-ing them. Such agreement shall be recorded as a Change Order. Agreement on any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters related to the change in the Work which is the subject of the Change Order, including, but not limited to, (1) all direct and indirect costs associated with such change, (2) any impact such change may have on the un-changed Work, and (3) any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. No separate claims for delay damages, disruption, loss of labor efficiency, acceleration, or otherwise associated with an approved Change Order shall be asserted as a Claim.

D. If Contractor disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and

the adjustment shall be determined by Owner on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change.

3.6 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each au-

thorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Amount.

B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time. Revise sub-schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change and resubmit.

C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.


ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS

NV-Architects Supplemental Instructions.doc PAGE 1 OF 1 Lombard-Conrad Architects-Nevada, Ltd. 392 5th Street Elko NV 89801-3706 ph: 775.299.4994 www.lcarch.com

Date: ASI #:

Project Name: Project #: File Code: 9-h

Owner: Contractor:

Owner Architect Consultant Contractor Field Other The Work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions issued in accordance with the Contract Documents without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Prior to proceeding in accordance with this instruction, indicate your acceptance of this instruction, for minor change to the Work as consistent with the Contract Documents and return a copy to the Architect. DESCRIPTION:

Attachments:

PROPOSAL REQUEST

NV-Proposal Request.doc PAGE 1 OF 1 Lombard-Conrad Architects-Nevada, Ltd. 382 5th Street Elko NV 89801-3706 ph: 775.299.4994 Email: [email protected]

Date: Proposal Request #:

Project Name: Project #: File Code: 1-a

Contractor: (Address) Owner: (Address)

Please submit an itemized quotation in the Contract Sum and/or Time incidental to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein.

THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER NOR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN.

DESCRIPTION:

Attachments:

NV-Change Order.xlsLombard-Conrad Architects-Nevada, Ltd. 392 5th St | Elko, NV 89801-3706

Page 1 of 1ph.775.299.4994 --- email: [email protected]

By: By: By:

Date: Date: Date:

CHANGE ORDERDate:

Project Name:

Contractor:

File Code:

Owner:

Please make the following changes in this contract:

-$

$0.00

-$

-$

-$

Not Valid until signed by both the Owner and Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates his agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the contract sum or contract time.

The new contract sum including this change order will be

ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR OWNER

Authorized:

The date of substantial completion as of the date of this change order therefore is:

The original Contract sum was

Net change by previously authorized change orders

The contract sum prior to this change order

The contract sum will be increased by this change order

TOTAL - This Change Order

Change Order #:Project #:

CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

Construction Change Directive Form.doc PAGE 1 OF 1 Lombard-Conrad Architects-Nevada, Ltd 392 5th Street Elko, NV 89801 775.299.4994 [email protected]

Date: Project #: CCD #:

Project Name: Contract Date: File Code: 1-b

Contractor: Owner:

You are hereby directed to make the following change(s) in this contract:

Attachments:

PROPOSED ADJUSTMENTS 1. The proposed basis of adjustment to the Contract Sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price is: □ Lump Sum (increase) (decrease) of: $ □ Unit Price of $ per □ as provided in Subparagraph 7.3 of AIA Document A201, 1997 edition. □ as follows:

2. The Contract Time is proposed to (be adjusted) (remain unchanged). The proposed adjustment, if any, is (an increase of ___________ days) (a decrease of___________ days).

When signed by the Owner and Architect and received by the Contractor, this document becomes effective IMMEDIATELY as a Construction Change Directive (CCD), and the Contractor shall proceed with the change(s) described above

Signature by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement with the proposed adjustments in Contract Sum and Contract Time set forth in this Construction Change Directive.

ARCHITECT OWNER CONTRACTOR Lombard-Conrad Architects- Nevada, Ltd 392 5th Street Elko, NV 89801

By: ____________________________ By: _________________________________ By: _______________________________

Date: ____________________________ Date: _________________________________ Date: _______________________________


PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1

SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.


1. Section 012100 "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the handling and processing of allowances.

2. Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing the use of unit prices.

3. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract.

4. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction

schedule.

2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.



1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values:

a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the

following for each item listed:

a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-

hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.

1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment.

4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.

5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 6. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where

Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.

a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If required, include evidence of insurance.

7. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

8. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.

9. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

10. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.



1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Architect by the 25th of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month.

1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment seven days prior to due date for review by Architect.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration.

E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials.

2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials.

3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:

a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment.

b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.

c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.

F. Transmittal: Submit one signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.



G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance

of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Report of preconstruction conference. 13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14. Performance and payment bonds. 15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.

I. Submit complete copy: Upon Owner's and Architect's acceptance of the percentage amount complete for each item, Contractor shall complete the entire application form, and submit this report to Architect:

a. Submit an updated Construction Schedule with each Application for Payment when revised.

b. Owner may require submission of lien waivers. c. Present required information in typewritten form. d. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer of Contractor. e. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on AIA G703 - Continuation

Sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. Only include fully executed change orders.

f. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated but not more than one submittal per calendar month unless approved by Owner.

g. Submit with transmittal letter listing all required items.

J. Decisions to Withhold Certification:

1. Owner may decide not to make payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner's opinion to protect Owner from loss because of, but not limited to;

a. Defective Work not remedied. b. Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such

claims. c. Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment. d. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum. e. Damage to Owner or another contractor.



f. Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay.

g. Persistent or repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2. Progress payments may be withheld if Progress Record Documents are not current at the time of Application for Payment.

3. Progress payment may be withheld if payment application is not agreed upon by owner. 4. When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be

made for amounts previously withheld.

K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

L. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof

that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of

date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT OF RETENTION A. Procedure same as interim application process.

A. A certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Pro-ject by Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contact Doc-uments.

B. Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders.

C. Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason.

D. Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment. Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an



Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously is-sued and payments received from Owner shall, to the best of Contractor's knowledge, infor-mation and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work.

1.7 SUBSTANTIATING DATA

E. When Owner requires substantiating information, Contractor shall submit such data as Owner deems necessary to justify the dollar amounts in question.

F. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description.





PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1

SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings.

B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor.

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.


A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.



1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of

other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

5. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

6. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

7. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:



a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components.

b. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple contractors in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.

c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.

d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation.

e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.

f. Indicate required installation sequences. g. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that

appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

1.7 PROJECT WEB SITE

A. Use Submittal Exchange Project website for purposes of hosting and managing project communication and documentation until Final Completion. Project Web site shall include the following functions:

1. Project directory. 2. Project correspondence. 3. Meeting minutes. 4. Contract modifications forms and logs. 5. RFI forms and logs. 6. Task and issue management. 7. Photo documentation. 8. Schedule and calendar management. 9. Submittals forms and logs. 10. Payment application forms. 11. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating. 12. Online document collaboration. 13. Reminder and tracking functions. 14. Archiving functions. 15. Project Closeout.

B. Provide Project Web site user licenses for use of the Owner, Architect, and Architect's consultants.

C. On completion of Project, provide one complete archive copy of Project Web site files to Owner and to Architect in a digital storage format acceptable to Architect.

D. Provide the following Project Web site software packages under their current published licensing agreements:

1. Submittal Exchange.



E. Contractor, subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Project Web site shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement acceptable to Owner and Architect.

1.8 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI on a form acceptable to the Architect.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the

Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop

Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.



2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response.

D. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log bi-weekly. Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received.

E. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within 3 days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and

agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants;

Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:



a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. l. Preparation of record documents. m. Use of the premises and existing building. n. Work restrictions. o. Working hours. p. Owner's occupancy requirements. q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for moisture and mold control. s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. t. Construction waste management and recycling. u. Parking availability. v. Office, work, and storage areas. w. Equipment deliveries and priorities. x. First aid. y. Security. z. Progress cleaning.

4. Minutes: Contractor will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls.



r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.

1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following:

a. Preparation of record documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final

inspection for acceptance. c. Submittal of written warranties. d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. f. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and

for final payment. h. Submittal procedures. i. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. j. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.

4. Minutes: Contractor will record and distribute meeting minutes.

E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals.

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.



a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site utilization. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Progress cleaning. 11) Quality and work standards. 12) Status of correction of deficient items. 13) Field observations. 14) Status of RFIs. 15) Status of proposal requests. 16) Pending changes. 17) Status of Change Orders. 18) Pending claims and disputes. 19) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

F. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at daily intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.

b. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:



1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site utilization. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Work hours. 11) Hazards and risks. 12) Progress cleaning. 13) Quality and work standards. 14) Change Orders.

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.





CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Material location reports. 5. Special reports. 6. Weather delays.


1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and

inspections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by Architect.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.



F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is for the exclusive use or benefit of Owner as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.

3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.


A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file.

B. Startup construction schedule.

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

D. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.

E. Material Location Reports: Submit as required with Application for Payment.

F. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.


A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request.

B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including interim milestones and Owner occupancy. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 6. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. 8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting

agencies. 9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 10. Review procedures for updating schedule.



1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to final completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.

2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.

4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for

Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by

Owner. 4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include

delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.



6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.

7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Building flush-out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation.

8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:

a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion.

D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.

E. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.

1. See Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures.

F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals.



5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.

G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.

H. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.

2.3 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. Equipment at Project site. 4. Material deliveries. 5. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or

snow. 6. Accidents. 7. Meetings and significant decisions. 8. Unusual events (see special reports). 9. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 10. Meter readings and similar recordings. 11. Emergency procedures. 12. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 13. Change Orders received and implemented. 14. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 15. Services connected and disconnected. 16. Equipment or system tests and startups. 17. Partial completions and occupancies. 18. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on



and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:

1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.

C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.4 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in

the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.



SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1

SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.


1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values.

2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.

3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

4. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files.

D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.


A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing,



fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.

3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.

a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.

4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:

a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled date of fabrication. h. Scheduled dates for purchasing. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number.

1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, Contractor represents that Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

B. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals unless Contractor has specifically informed Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. Any changes to the Contract Sum or Contract Time that would result from such deviations must be specifically approved by Owner in a Change Order or Construction Change Directive in accordance with the applicable procedures in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omission in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals by Architect's approval thereof.

C. Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals.

D. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems, or equipment is required by Contract Documents, Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications.



E. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings may be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record drawings.

a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.

b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in Auto CADD DWG and REVIT drawing formats.

c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.

d. The following digital data files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline:

1) Floor plans. 2) Reflected ceiling plans.

F. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.

3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

G. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants,

Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals

may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor.

H. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:



1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A).

3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use software-generated form from electronic project management software acceptable to Owner, containing the following information:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. g. Category and type of submittal. h. Submittal purpose and description. i. Specification Section number and title. j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each

of multiple items. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number. p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification. r. Remarks.

5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata:

a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name.

I. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

J. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

K. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.



2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

L. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

M. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Project Website specifically established for Project.

a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

2. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.

a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams.



d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches.

3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file. b. Prepare Shop Drawings in the following format: Same digital data software

program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings. c. Refer to Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements

for coordination drawings.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.

3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.

4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.



a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.

b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample.

1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least two sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Coordination Drawing Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation."

G. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."

H. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

I. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

J. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

K. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.



L. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

M. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

N. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

O. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

P. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

R. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

S. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use.

T. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

U. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

V. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

W. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.



Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that have not been reviewed by the Contractor and that do not bear the Contractor’s approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.



D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.

E. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.


CAD DRAWING RELEASE FORM

Date:

Company Name: Company Address: City, Street, Zip:

RE: Round Mountain Phase W Truckshop / Warehouse

17045.01 Lombard Conrad Architects will provide the following Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) files on electronic media or file transfer for the convenience of the Contractor in preparing shop drawings necessary for the execution of their work under the contract documents. List each sheet: 10-A-7, 10-A-8, 10-A-9, 10-A-10, 10-A-11, 10-A-12, 10-A-23, 10-A-24, 10-A-25 This letter represents the agreement by which we shall provide this service for a fee of $___0.00___. (zero) Payment of the Service Fee is due prior to receipt of the CAD files. TERMS AND CONDITIONS: All information on the CAD files is considered instruments of service of Lombard Conrad Architects and is to be used solely with respect to this project. CAD files are not to be used in whole or in part for any purpose or other projects outside the scope of work under the contract documents. CAD files shall remain the property of Lombard Conrad Architects and in no case shall the transfer of these files be considered a sale. Lombard Conrad Architects makes no representation regarding the accuracy of the plans, details, dimensions, or quantities indicated on these CAD files. Addenda information or revisions made after the date indicated on the CAD files may not have been incorporated. In the event of a conflict between the Engineer’s or Architect’s sealed contract drawings and CAD files, the sealed contract drawings shall govern. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine if any conflicts exist. The CAD files shall not be considered Contract Documents. The use of these CAD files shall not in any way obviate the Contractor’s responsibility for the proper checking and coordination of dimension, details, and quantities of materials as required to facilitate complete and accurate shop drawings. The Contractor shall agree to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and hold harmless Lombard Conrad Architects from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses arising out of or resulting from use of these CAD files. Indicate acceptance of these terms by signing below and returning a copy to our office. Sincerely, Firm: _____________________________________ Signature Printed Name: _______________________ Title: _______________________

VIA:

1. Hold for Pick up 2. E-mail 3. Fax – Modem

#2 and #3 require that signed Agreement must be in hand prior to transmitting documents


QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies.



D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of ten previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, within the past five years from the bid date.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE - CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions including each step in sequence.

C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent

tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.

F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand

stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.

G. Promptly remove within 48 hours any materials/work in place that has been damaged to include, but not limited to; damage caused by water. Damage to include the introduction of water to any item that is not to get wet.



1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.


A. Shop Drawings: For integrated exterior mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction.

1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.


A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.

B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN

A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 5 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule.

B. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:



1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections.

2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections."

3. Manufacturer inspections.

C. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.

D. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and

inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with

the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.



C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.


A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of



manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

2. Notify Architect 2 days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers

that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for

judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

J. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.

1.11 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders.

3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.



5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."

D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and

inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing

agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project

site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.



1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality-control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses.

1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TESTING AGENCIES AUTHORITY

A. Laboratory may not:

1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents without approval of Owner

2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Assume any duties of the Contractor.

B. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.



TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.


1. Divisions 2 through 7 for specific requirements for products in those sections.

1.3 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.


A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel.

B. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.

C. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage.

1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.

2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.



3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.

D. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify further options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include the following:

1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures.


A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines] [and] [ICC/ANSI A117.1].

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Provide conference table and chairs large



enough for weekly meeting. Also provide shared copier, printer, scanner with e-mail capability. Provide one desk and chair for owners use in separate office within the field office.

C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2. Provide adequate lighting for inspection of materials. 3. Provide heating/ventilation to maintain products in accordance with manufacturer’s

recommendations.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will not be permitted.

C. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.

1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings.

a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas.



b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air-filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete.

2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices.

3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment.

D. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes.

E. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.

F. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

2. Install lighting for Project identification sign.

G. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.

1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office.

H. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following:

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:



1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.

D. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and

individuals seeking entrance to Project.

a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution."

G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. This is an occupied facility. Provide overhead protection for occupants at all building

entries/exits from access to parking or vehicles at porte cochre to building entries.

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing or other protective barriers to protect vegetation around building from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.



D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

E. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

F. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of individuals through or adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and obstructions. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Construct covered walkways using scaffold or shoring framing. 2. Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning

signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions for protection and safe passage.

3. Paint and maintain appearance of walkway for duration of the Work.

G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures.

H. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar

sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel

at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full roof system is installed, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:



1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building.

2. Keep interior spaces clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard material that begins to grow mold.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."



PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1

SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.


1. Section 012100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance. 2. Section 012300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 3. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.




A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article.

2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a

comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.


A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.

2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:



1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight

enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of

installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,

ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and

equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.



5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience may be considered.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience may be considered.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.



D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and

names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.



Project Name 00000.00

EXECUTION 017300 - 1

SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the work.


1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project

Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

4. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work.


A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.

B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.




A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire-suppression systems. c. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. d. Control systems. e. Communication systems. f. Fire-detection and -alarm systems. g. Conveying systems. h. Electrical wiring systems.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:

a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain-wall construction. d. Equipment supports. e. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. f. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

B. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning demolition work, investigate and verify the existence and location of building utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.



B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to existing conditions. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.

B. General: Lay out the Work using accepted re-roofing and concrete roof tile installation practices.

1. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

2. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 3. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 4. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable

tolerances.

C. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for tile layout work.

D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.



D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions

for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary."



F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.

G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be

removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.

b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.

I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.6 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS

A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.

B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.

2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend



preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.

3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the

entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.



3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start existing equipment and operating components which were disconnected and or removed and reinstalled to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.



CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1

SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work.


1. Section 017300 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, record

Specifications, and record Product Data.


A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.



1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of Work completion when the Work, or designated portion thereof, meets the following criteria:

1. The testing and balancing have been completed and the final report has been submitted to the Owner.

2. A copy of the fully executed permit card has been submitted to the Owner. 3. The final Payment Application has been submitted with the necessary documentation, as

outlined in Section 012900 Payment Procedures. 4. The remaining items of the Work contained in the Contractor’s Punch List for the entire

Work, or the portion in question, can be completed within 15 calendar days, as determined by Architect, of the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or the portion in question.

C. Certificate of Substantial Completion: When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, as determined by Architect, Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, and submit it to Contractor for written acceptance, which:

1. Shall indicate the date of Substantial Completion. 2. Shall establish responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for heat, utilities, damage to the

Work, and insurance. 3. Shall fix the time within which Contractor shall finish all items on the Punch List

accompanying the Certificate. 4. Contractor shall remain responsible for security and maintenance through the date of

Final Completion, whether or not Owner occupies the Work in whole or in part prior to the date of Final Completion.

D. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

a. Signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.



E. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's

personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,

equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training."

6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency

responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

F. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.



1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Organize list of roof areas in sequential order, around the building. 2. Organize items applying to each area by major element. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in PDF format. 5. See 011000 Summary 1.60 for supervision.

1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES

A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.



1.10 CONTRACTOR'S ONE-YEAR WARRANTY

A. Unless otherwise provided elsewhere in the Contract, all materials and equipment incorporated into any Work covered by the Contract shall be new and where not specified, of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for their intended use, and all workmanship shall be in accordance with construction practices acceptable to Owner.

B. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, Contractor warrants all equipment, materials, and labor furnished or performed under this Contract against defects in design, materials, and workmanship (unless furnished by Owner), for a period of 12 months (unless longer guarantees or warranties are provided for elsewhere in Contract Documents in which case the longer periods of time shall prevail) from and after final acceptance under the Contract, regardless of whether the same were furnished or performed by Contractor or by any of Contractor’s subcontractors of any tier. Upon receipt of written notice from Owner of any defect in any such equipment, materials, or labor during the applicable warranty period, due to defective design, materials, or workmanship, the affected item or parts thereof shall be redesigned, repaired, or replaced by Contractor at a time acceptable to Owner.

C. Contractor shall perform such tests as Owner may require to verify that such redesign, repairs, and replacements comply with the requirements of this Contract. All costs incidental to such redesign, repair, replacement, and testing, including the removal necessary to gain access shall be borne by Contractor.

D. Contractor warrants such redesigned, repaired, or replaced work against defective design, materials, and workmanship for a period of 12 months from and after date of acceptance thereof.

1. Should Contractor fail to promptly make the necessary redesign, repair, replacement, and tests, Owner may perform or cause to be performed the same at Contractor's expense.

2. Contractor and Contractor’s surety or sureties shall be liable for the satisfaction and full performance of the warranties as set forth herein.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.



1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that were disturbed by construction operations that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of

stains, films, and similar foreign substances resulting from construction operations. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from roofs. h. Clean transparent materials, including glass in doors and windows which were

soiled or otherwise as the result of construction operations. i. Remove labels that are not permanent. j. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.

Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.

C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.

2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.



PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1

SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals.


1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.


A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:

a. Initial Submittal:

1) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of plots.

b. Final Submittal:

1) Submit record digital data files and three set(s) of record digital data file plots.

B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy and annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

D. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.

b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic

documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:

1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.

Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.



a. Incorporate all changes noted on record set in black ink. b. Work shall be performed by an experienced, competent technician. c. Identify documents as “Record Drawings”.

3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for

use in recording information.

a. See Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.

b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.

5. Record drawings are required for this project and will be turned over to Owner, incorporating all review comments and noted information, prior to final payment.

6. Submit “Record Drawings” in PDF format on CD.

C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation.

1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification.

2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared record Drawings into record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting.

D. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files

that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.



B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit Record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Product Data.

1. Include Record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals.

1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.

2. Include all copies of fully executed submittals. 3. Provide letter certifying that no asbestos-containing material have been installed on the

project.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.



SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY


1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.


1. Section 011000 "Summary" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements.

2. Section 017300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.



3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.

5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 6. Review facility occupancy during demolition and construction activities.


A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician.

B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.

2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of

Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

D. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to Owner prior to start of demolition.

E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins.

F. Progress Photographs or Video: Submit with closeout documents.

G. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition.


A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.

B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy the building immediately below selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.



D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.

1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding. Existing warranties include the following:

1. Concrete roof tile, material only warranty, Eagle Roofing Products.

B. Submit documentation at Project closeout.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.

B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents.

C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.



E. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether staging material in concentrated areas might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition and construction operations.

1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or preconstruction videotapes.

1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations.

2. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.

1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.

1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide

temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.

4. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed.

a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.

b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material.

c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and

remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.

e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.

f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.

g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.



3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around roof demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building.

2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use

cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and

promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid

free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to

impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.



9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Removed and Salvaged Items:

1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new

materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS

A. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Sections 073216 Concrete Roof Tiles and 075419 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing for new roofing requirements.

1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories. 2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will

convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.



3.7 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE

A. Existing Items to be Removed: Concrete Tile Roof Areas: Damaged concrete roof tile, flashings, battens, underlayment abandoned and non-function snow melt cabling, flashings, fascia, soffits, gutters, and downspouts down to existing plywood roof deck.

B. Existing Items to be Removed and Reinstalled: Undamaged concrete roof tile, conduits and utilizing runs over roof membrane, roof drain caps.



PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 1

SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Full tear-off of roof areas indicated.


1. Section 011000 "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements. 2. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and

environmental-protection measures for reroofing preparation.

1.3 UNIT PRICES

A. Work of this Section is affected by roof sheathing removal and replacement unit price (Refer to Specification Section 012200 Unit Prices).

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.

B. Full Roof Tear-Off: Removal of existing roofing system from existing wood deck.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

1. Include certificate that Installer is approved by warrantor of existing roofing system. 2. Include certificate that Installer is licensed to perform asbestos abatement.

B. Fastener pull-out test report.

C. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing operations. Submit before Work begins.

D. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of demolished roofing materials by a landfill facility licensed to accept them.




A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning roofing removal. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Reroofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting agency representative; roofing system manufacturer's representative; roofing Installer, including project manager, superintendent, and foreman; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects reroofing, including installers of roof deck, roof accessories, and roof-mounted equipment.

2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system tear-off and replacement, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Reroofing preparation, including roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. b. Temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system components that

are to remain. c. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing, and roof-

drain plugging and plug removal. d. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel,

equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. e. Existing roof deck conditions requiring notification of Architect. f. Existing roof deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. g. Condition and acceptance of existing roof deck and base flashing substrate for

reuse. h. Structural loading limitations of roof deck during reroofing. i. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs,

and condition of other construction that affect reroofing. j. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. k. Shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. l. Asbestos removal and discovery of asbestos-containing materials. m. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if

applicable. n. Existing conditions that may require notification of Architect before proceeding.


A. Existing Roofing System: Steep slope: Concrete tile; low-slope: single-ply membrane.

B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations.

1. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner can place protective dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area.

2. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below affected area. Verify that occupants below work area have been evacuated before proceeding with work over impaired deck area.

C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations.



D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.

E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding are maintained by Owner as far as practical.

F. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building.

1. Remove only as much roofing in one day as can be made watertight in the same day.

G. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials, such as asbestos-containing materials, will be encountered in the Work.

1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during reroofing, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing roofing system warranty. Notify warrantor before proceeding.

1. Notify warrantor of existing roofing system on completion of reroofing, and obtain documentation verifying that existing roofing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEMPORARY ROOFING MATERIALS

A. Design and selection of materials for temporary roofing are Contractor's responsibilities.

2.2 INFILL AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS

A. Use infill materials matching existing roofing system materials unless otherwise indicated.

2.3 AUXILIARY REROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Use auxiliary reroofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing and new roofing system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Shut off rooftop utilities and service piping before beginning the Work.



B. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted. Immediately notify Architect of any blockages or restrictions.

C. Protect existing roofing system that is not to be reroofed.

1. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing that have been protected. 2. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been

completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing.

D. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. Cover air-intake louvers before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork.

E. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain.

F. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast.

1. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain.

3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF

A. General: Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day.

B. Remove loose aggregate from aggregate-surfaced built-up bituminous roofing using a power broom.

C. Full Roof Tear-Off: Remove existing roofing and other roofing system components down to the deck.

3.3 DECK PREPARATION

A. Inspect deck after tear-off of roofing system.

B. If broken or loose fasteners that secure deck panels to one another or to structure are observed, or if deck appears or feels inadequately attached, immediately notify Architect. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect.

C. If deck surface is unsuitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Architect. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect.

D. Provide additional deck securement as indicated on Drawings.

E. Replace damaged plywood roof sheathing as directed by other specification sections. Roof sheathing replacement will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Sum according to unit prices included in the Contract Documents.

END OF SECTION 070150.19


CONCRETE ROOF TILES 073216 - 1

SECTION 073216 - CONCRETE ROOF TILES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Concrete roof tiles. 2. Underlayment.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079, glossaries in TRI/WSRCA's "Concrete and Clay Roof Tile Design Criteria Manual for Cold and Snow Regions," and NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section.


A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of concrete roof tile and accessory tile indicated.

1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection.


A. Maintenance Data: For roofing to include in maintenance manuals.

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Concrete Roof Tiles: 10 sq. ft. of each type.




A. Contractor: Primary Contractor shall be a Roofing Contractor possessing a State of Nevada C-15a roofing contractor’s license pursuant to Nevada Revised Statutes, Chapter 624. Refer also to the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain Eagle Roofing Products concrete roof tiles and accessory tiles from single source manufacturer.

C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store underlayment rolls on end, on pallets or other raised surfaces. Do not double stack rolls.

1. Handle, store, and place roofing materials in a manner to avoid significant or permanent damage to roof deck or structural supporting members.

B. Protect unused underlayment from weather, sunlight, and moisture when left overnight or when roofing work is not in progress.

1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1. Install self-adhering sheet underlayment within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace concrete roof tiles that fail in materials within specified warranty period.

1. Materials-Only Warranty Period: New Tile - 25 years from date of Substantial Completion.

2. Materials-Only Warranty Period: Existing Tile – Remainder of existing 25-year warranty.

B. Special Project Warranty: Roofing Installer's Warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by roofing Installer, covering Work of this Section, in which roofing Installer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing that fail in materials or workmanship within the following warranty period:

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE ROOF TILES

A. Concrete Roof Tiles: ASTM C 1492, molded- or extruded-concrete roof tile units of shape and configuration indicated, with integral color, and free of surface imperfections. Provide with fastening holes prepunched at factory.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

a. Eagle Roofing Products.

2. Shape: Malibu. 3. Size: Match existing. 4. Color: Eagle 2511 Flintridge Grey. 5. Accessory Tile: Manufacturer’s standard ridge, hip, rake tile profiles.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.

B. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied.

C. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane-based joint sealant; Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT related to exposure, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O.

D. Asphaltic Adhesive: Conforming to ASTM D4586, Type II, manufacturer's standard asphalt-based, asbestos-free, non-running, heavy body material composed of asphalt and other mineral ingredients, adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with underlayments.

E. Foam Adhesive: Two-component, polyurethane expanding adhesive recommended for application by concrete roof tile manufacturer.

F. Mortar: ASTM C 270, Type M, natural color with ASTM C 979, pigmented mortar matching the color of concrete roof tiles for exposed-to-view mortar, and natural color for concealed-from-view mortar.

1. All mortar used to fasten tiles shall be premixed and prebagged by the manufacturer.

G. Ridge Closure: Manufacturer's standard EPDM ridge closure, formed to shape of concrete roof tiles.

H. Wood Nailers and Wood Battens:

1. Horizontal Battens: 1-inch by 2-inch Douglas Fir.



2. Vertical Battens: 1-inch by 2-inch pressure treated Douglas Fir.

I. Mesh Fabric: 18-by-14 mesh of PVC-coated, glass-fiber thread.

1. Batten Extender: Roof tile manufacture’s standard system, metal.

J. Vented Eave Riser/Bird Stop: Roof tile manufacture’s standard vented eave riser/bird stop.

1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s complete product line.

K. Roof Vents: Basis of Design Product: O”Hagin WeatherMaster HD Attic Vents.

1. Primary Vent (subflashing): Galvanized 2. Secondary Vent (Cover): Model Number 704902800 3. Paint where exposed- color as selected by Architect.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. Roofing Nails: ASTM F 1667, hot-dip galvanized-steel, 10d, screw shank, sharp-pointed, conventional roofing nails with barbed shanks; minimum 3/8-inch- diameter head; of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch into wood battens.

1. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as flashing.

2. Install two (2) nails per tile. 3. Nails shall be compatible with battens.

B. Wood Batten Nails: ASTM F 1667; common or box, steel wire, flat head, and smooth shank.

1. Batten fasteners shall be compatible with batten material.

2.4 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, Polyethylene Faced: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40-mil- thick, slip-resisting, polyethylene-film-reinforced top surface laminated to SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release paper backing; cold applied.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide WR Grace Ice and Water Shield or comparable product by one of the following:

a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Inc. b. Johns Manville. c. Owens Corning. d. Protecto Wrap Company.



2.5 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

A. General: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

1. Sheet Metal: Zinc-tin alloy-coated steel..

B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."

1. Apron Flashings: Fabricate with lower flange extending a minimum of 6 inches over and 4 inches beyond each side of downslope tile roofing and 6 inches up the vertical surface.

2. Channel Flashings: Fabricate with vertical surface extending a minimum of 4 inches above the concrete roof tile with a 1-inch-high vertical return to form a runoff channel.

3. Rake Pan Flashings: Fabricate with vertical surface extending over fasciae and 6 inches beneath the tile roofing, with a 1-inch-high vertical return to form a runoff channel.

4. Cricket and Backer Flashings: Fabricate with concealed flange extending a minimum of 24 inches beneath upslope tile roofing, 6 inches beyond each side of chimney, and 6 inches above the roof plane.

5. Closed-Valley Flashings: 5v flashing, fabricate in lengths not exceeding 10 feet, with 1-inch- high, inverted-V profile at center of valley and with equal flange widths of 12 inches with 2 v’s each side of center and hemmed edges.

6. Drip Edges: Fabricate in lengths not exceeding 10 feet, with 2-inch roof-deck flange and 1-1/2-inch fascia flange with 3/8-inch drip at lower edge.

C. Vent-Pipe Flashings: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, at least 1/16 inch thick. Provide lead sleeve sized to slip over and turn down into pipe, soldered to skirt at slope of roof and extending at least 4 inches from pipe onto roof.

1. Lead for soil stacks shall be minimum 2.5# per square foot. 2. Install per the requirements of the contract documents and

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Examine roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing and blocking or metal clips and that installation is within flatness tolerances.

2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and completely anchored and that provision has been made for flashings and penetrations through roofing.



B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with concrete roof tile manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install wrinkle free; comply with low-temperature installation restrictions of underlayment manufacturer if applicable. Lapped in direction to shed water. Lap sides not less than 3-1/2 inches. Lap ends not less than 6 inches, staggered 24 inches between succeeding courses. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within seven days.

1. Extend self-adhering sheet underlayment over entire roof deck. 2. Install “bleeder” sheet under all valley flashings over filed underlayment sheets.

a. Field underlayment to extend to center lined of valleys.

3.3 METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install metal flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

1. Install metal flashings according to concrete roof tile manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

B. Apron Flashings: Extend lower flange over and beyond each side of downslope tile roofing and up the vertical surface.

C. Step Flashings: Install with a head lap of 3 inches and extend both horizontally and vertically. Install with lower edge of flashing just upslope of, and concealed by, butt of overlying tile. Fasten to roof deck only.

D. Cricket and Backer Flashings: Install against roof-penetrating elements, extending concealed flange beneath upslope tile roofing and beyond each side.

E. Valley Flashings: Install centrally in valleys, lapping ends at least 8 inches in direction to shed water. Fasten upper end of each length to roof deck beneath overlap.

1. Secure hemmed flange edges into metal cleats spaced 12 inches apart and fastened to roof deck.

2. Adhere 9-inch- wide strips of self-adhering sheet to metal flanges and to self-adhering sheet underlayment.

F. Channel Flashings: Install over underlayment and fasten to roof deck.



G. Rake Pan Flashings: Install over underlayment and fasten to roof deck.

H. Rake Drip Edges: Install over underlayment and fasten to roof deck.

I. Eave Drip Edges: Install beneath underlayment and fasten to roof deck.

J. Pipe Flashings: Form flashing around pipe penetrations and tile roofing. Fasten and seal to tile roofing.

3.4 WOOD NAILERS AND BATTENS

A. Install wood nailers at ridges, hips and rakes and securely fasten to roof deck.

B. Install beveled wood cant at eaves and securely fasten to roof deck.

C. Install nominal 1-by-2-inch wood battens horizontally over 1-inch by 2-inch, pressure-preservative-treated wood battens in 48-inch lengths with ends separated and at spacing required by concrete roof tile manufacturer, and securely fasten to roof deck.

1. Install nominal 1-by-2-inch wood counter battens vertically spaced 24 inches apart and securely fasten to roof deck.

3.5 CONCRETE ROOF TILE INSTALLATION

A. General: Install concrete roof tiles according to manufacturer's written instructions, to recommendations in TRI/WSRCA's "Concrete and Clay Roof Tile Design Criteria Installation Manual for Cold and Snow Regions," and to NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

1. Maintain uniform exposure and coursing of concrete roof tiles throughout roof. 2. Extend tiles 2 inches over eave fasciae. 3. Nail Fastening: Drive nails to clear the concrete roof tile so the tile hangs from

the nail and is not drawn up.

a. Install wire through nail holes of cut tiles that cannot be nailed directly to roof deck, and fasten to nails driven into deck.

4. Foam-Adhesive Mortar Setting: Install concrete roof tiles according to TRI/FRSA's "Concrete and Clay Roof Tile Installation Manual."

5. Install storm clips to capture edges of longitudinal sides of concrete roof tiles and securely fasten to roof deck.

6. Install concrete roof tile locks to support and lock overlying tile butts to underlying tiles.

7. Cut and fit concrete roof tiles neatly around roof vents, pipes, ventilators, and other projections through roof. Fill voids with mortar.

8. Install concrete roof tiles with color blend approved by Architect. Distribute/install new roof tile equally throughout field of reinstalled existing roof tile.

B. Low-Profile, Interlocking Concrete Roof Tile Installation:



1. Provide manufacturer’s standard lap between succeeding courses of concrete roof tiles.

2. Install manufacturer’s standard rake tiles. 3. Install ridge tiles with laps facing away from prevailing wind. Seal laps with

asphalt roofing cement.

C. Closed Valleys: Cut concrete roof tiles at closed valleys to form straight lines, trimming upper concealed corners of tiles. Maintain uniform gap at centerline of valley of 3/4 to 1 inch.

1. Drill or notch cut valley tiles and wire-tie to fastener placed clear of valley metal flashings.

2. Do not nail tiles to metal flashings.

3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace damaged or broken concrete roof tiles.

B. Remove excess concrete roof tiles and debris from Project site.

3.7 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY

A. WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address>, herein called the "Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project:

1. Owner: <Insert name of Owner>. 2. Address: <Insert address>. 3. Building Name/Type: <Insert information>. 4. Address: <Insert address>. 5. Area of Work: <Insert information>. 6. Acceptance Date: <Insert date>. 7. Warranty Period: <Insert time>. 8. Expiration Date: <Insert date>.

B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period,

C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.

D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by:

a. Lightning;



b. Peak gust wind speed exceeding <Insert wind speed> mph; c. Fire; d. Failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement,

excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. Faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents,

equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work;

f. Vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. Activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors,

maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.

2. When work has been damaged by any of the foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated.

3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work.

4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty.

5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty.

6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration.

7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor.

E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this <Insert day> day of <Insert month>, <Insert year>.

1. Authorized Signature: <Insert signature>. 2. Name: <Insert name>.



3. Title: <Insert title>.

3.8 ROOFING WARRANTY FOR EXISTING ROOF TILE

A. Verify remaining warranty on existing concrete roof tile to be re-installed and include with warranty information.



METAL SOFFIT PANELS 074213.53 - 1

SECTION 074213.53 - METAL SOFFIT PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes metal soffit panels.


A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details.

2. Accessories: Include details of flashing, trim, and anchorage systems, at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal panel indicated with factory-applied color finishes.

1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below:

1. Metal Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Product Test Reports: For each product, tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.




A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.


A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling.

B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.

C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

D. Retain strippable protective covering on metal panels during installation.


A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering.

2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.



B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

1. Wind Loads:

a. Basic wind speed (3 second gust) V=115 mph. b. Exposure: C.

2. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/180 of the span.

B. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 2.86 lbf/sq. ft..

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 METAL SOFFIT PANELS

A. General: Provide metal soffit panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation.

B. V-Groove-Profile Metal Soffit Panels: Perforated panels formed with vertical panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between panel edges; with a V-groove joint between panels.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Berridge Vee Panel or comparable product by one of the following:

a. ATAS International, Inc.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=6975&mf=04&src=wd

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456837163&mf=04&src=wd



b. MBCI Galand Metal Sales

c. McElroy Metal, Inc.

2. Aluminum Sheet: Coil-coated sheet, ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer, with temper as required to suit forming operations and structural performance required.

a. Thickness: 24 GA. b. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. c. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. d. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

3. Panel Coverage: 12 inches. 4. Panel Height: 3/8”.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation or ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 aluminum-zinc-alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system.

B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated.

1. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels.

D. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM or PVC sealing washers for exposed fasteners.

E. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant types recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish.

1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.

3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311.




2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

B. On-Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may be fabricated on-site using UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment if panels are of same profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory-formed panels. Fabricate according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown.

C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.

D. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements.

E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

2. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength.

3. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.

4. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards.

5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.

6. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.

a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal soffit panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

2.5 FINISHES

A. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

C. Aluminum Panels and Accessories:



1. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Examine framing to verify that girts, angles, channels, studs, and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal panel manufacturer.

2. Examine sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal panel manufacturer.

a. Verify that air- or water-resistive barriers been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.

B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations.

1. Soffit Framing: Fasten carrying angels to precast concrete walls and fascia board with manufacturer’s standard fastners.

3.3 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.

1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.

Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed.

3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds.



6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.

7. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels.

B. Fasteners:

1. Aluminum Panels: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use aluminum or galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.

C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.

D. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer.

1. Apply panels and associated items true to line for neat and weathertight enclosure. 2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather

side of metal panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use

proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer.

4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.

E. Watertight Installation:

1. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal lapped joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend by manufacturer on side laps of nesting-type panels and elsewhere as needed to make panels watertight.

2. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories.

3. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates.

F. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

G. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight.

1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling, and tool marks, and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to achieve waterproof performance.

2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not



be waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.

B. After metal panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant.

C. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION 074213.53


POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING 075419 - 1

SECTION 075419 - POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Adhered polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) roofing system.

B. Section includes the installation of insulation strips in ribs of roof deck. Insulation strips are furnished under Section 053100 "Steel Decking."

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 070150.19 "Preparation for Re-Roofing" for re-cover board beneath new roofing. 2. Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and

counterflashings. 3. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers, and joint preparation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.


A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof demolition, conduct conference at Project site.

1. Meet with Owner, Architect, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment.

2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Review deck substrate requirements for conditions and finishes, including flatness and fastening.

5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations,

equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system.



7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.

8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation.

9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.



B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including:

1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Roof plan showing orientation of roofing, fastening spacings, and patterns for

mechanically fastened roofing. 4. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof locations.

C. Samples for Verification: For the following products:

1. Sheet roofing, of color required. 2. Walkway pads or rolls, of color required.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.

1. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements.

C. Product Test Reports: For components of roofing system, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system, from ICC-ES.

E. Field quality-control reports.

F. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.


A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is UL listed and/or FM Global approved for roofing system identical to that used for this Project.



B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty.


A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight.

1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.


A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as membrane roofing, base flashing, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, and walkway products, for the following warranty period:

1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing.




A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight.

1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155.

2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272.

B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

C. FM Global Listing: Roofing, base flashings, and component materials shall comply with requirements in FM Global 4450 or FM Global 4470 as part of a built-up roofing system, and shall be listed in FM Global's "RoofNav" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings.

1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-75. 2. Hail-Resistance Rating: MH.

D. Solar Reflectance Index: Not less than 29 when calculated according to ASTM E 1980, based on testing identical products by a qualified testing agency.

E. Energy Star Listing: Roofing system shall be listed on the DOE's ENERGY STAR "Roof Products Qualified Product List" for low-slope roof products.

F. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

G. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

2.3 PVC ROOFING

A. PVC Sheet: ASTM D 4434/D 4434M, Type III, fabric reinforced.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated.

b. GenFlex Roofing Systems.

c. Johns Manville.

d. Sarnafil Inc.

2. Thickness: 60 mils, nominal. 3. Exposed Face Color: White.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456886838&mf=&src=wd






2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing.

1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Adhesives and sealants that are not on the exterior side of weather barrier shall comply with the following limits for VOC content:

a. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L. b. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. c. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. d. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. e. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Adhesives: 250 g/L. f. PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L. g. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 650 g/L h. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L. i. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. j. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. k. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. l. Other Adhesives and Sealants: 250 g/L.

B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, thickness, and color as PVC sheet.

C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard.

D. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, of thickness required for application.

E. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors.

F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories.

2.5 SUBSTRATE (COVER) BOARDS

A. Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/4 inch thick.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc Sheathing.

b. Georgia-Pacific Corporation; Dens Deck.

c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing.

d. USG Corporation; Securock Glass Mat Roof Board.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=5102&mf=04&mf=95&src=wd&mf=&src=wd







B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck.

2.6 WALKWAYS

A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads, approximately 3/16 inch thick and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work:

1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place.

2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation.

3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck complies with requirements in Section 053100 "Steel Decking."

4. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed.

5. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263.

6. Verify that concrete-curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

C. Install insulation strips according to acoustical roof deck manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at end of workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.



C. Install roofing and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition and to not void warranty for existing roofing system.

3.4 SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION

A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.

1. Fasten substrate board to wood deck according to recommendations in FM Global's "RoofNav" and FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification.

2. Fasten substrate board to wood deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to roofing system manufacturers' written instructions.

3.5 ADHERED ROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Adhere roofing over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing and allow to relax before retaining.

1. Install sheet according to ASTM D 5036.

B. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel.

C. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of roofing at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing.

E. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing.

F. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.

G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure a watertight seam installation.

1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet.

2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily, and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements.

H. Spread sealant bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal roofing in place with clamping ring.

1. Install slip sheet between PVC membrane and new under layment at tile roofing.



3.6 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.

C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing.

D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.

E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings[ and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars].

3.7 WALKWAY INSTALLATION

A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat weld to substrate or adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components, and to furnish reports to Architect.

1. Electric Field Vector Mapping (EFVM): Testing agency shall survey entire roof area for potential leaks using electric field vector mapping (EFVM).

B. Flood Testing: Flood test each roofing area for leaks, according to recommendations in ASTM D 5957, after completing roofing and flashing but before overlying construction is placed. Install temporary containment assemblies, plug or dam drains, and flood with potable water.

1. Flood to an average depth of 2-1/2 inches with a minimum depth of 1 inch and not exceeding a depth of 4 inches. Maintain 2 inches of clearance from top of base flashing.

2. Flood each area for 48 hours. 3. After flood testing, repair leaks, repeat flood tests, and make further repairs until roofing

and flashing installations are watertight.

C. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion.

D. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements.



3.9 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

D. No work, including staging or access to other portions of the work, shall be permitted on the finished membrane unless approved by the Owner.

E. All roofing work shall commence at the furthest point from worker access and progress back towards the access point.

F. If staging, access, or work is required on the finished membrane, the Contractor shall provide protection along the access path and under the work extending 48 inches beyond the required work area.

G. Protection shall consist of 3/4 inch plywood over a heavy canvas tarp with sand bag ballasts as required to prevent the plywood from becoming airborne during strong winds.



SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1

SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Manufactured reglets with counterflashing. 2. Formed roof-drainage sheet metal fabrications. 3. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 4. Formed steep-slope roof sheet metal fabrications.


1. Section 073216 Concrete Roof Tiles and 075419 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing for installation of sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing.

2. Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for set-on-type curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.

B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.


A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim.

3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation.





1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory.

B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details.

Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location

in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of

fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of roof-penetration flashing. 8. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and

counterflashings as applicable. 9. Include details of special conditions. 10. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 11. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory-applied finishes.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish.

1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments.


A. Qualification Data: For fabricator and installer.

B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.


A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.




A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.

B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure:

1. Design Pressure: 115 mph, exposure C.

D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.



2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or

polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.

2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft.minimum.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.

1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal.

b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened.

C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

E. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.



2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile required, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory-mitered and -welded corners and junctions and with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of same metal as reglet.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Cheney Flashing Company.

b. Fry Reglet Corporation.

c. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc.

d. National Sheet Metal Systems, Inc.

2. Material: Galvanized steel, 0.022 inch thick. 3. Surface-Mounted Type: Provide with slotted holes for fastening to substrate, with

neoprene or other suitable weatherproofing washers, and with channel for sealant at top edge.

4. Stucco Type: Provide with upturned fastening flange and extension leg of length to match thickness of applied finish materials.

5. Concrete Type: Provide temporary closure tape to keep reglet free of concrete materials, special fasteners for attaching reglet to concrete forms, and guides to ensure alignment of reglet section ends.

6. Accessories:

a. Flexible-Flashing Retainer: Provide resilient plastic or rubber accessory to secure flexible flashing in reglet where clearance does not permit use of standard metal counterflashing or where Drawings show reglet without metal counterflashing.

b. Counterflashing Wind-Restraint Clips: Provide clips to be installed before counterflashing to prevent wind uplift of counterflashing's lower edge.

7. Finish: Mill.

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.

1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal.

2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning,

buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.







B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."

D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use.

H. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

2.7 ROOF-DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section required, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections. Furnish flat-stock gutter brackets and flat-stock gutter spacers and straps fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by cited sheet metal standard but with thickness not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.

1. Gutter Profile: Match existing. 2. Expansion Joints: Lap type 3. Gutters with Girth up to 15 Inches: Fabricate from the following materials:

a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch thick.

B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts to dimensions indicated, complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers from same material as downspouts and anchors.

1. Hanger Style: Match existing. 2. Fabricate from the following materials:


2.8 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot- long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support



edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.

1. Coping Profile: Refer to drawings. 2. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch- wide, concealed backup plate. 3. Fabricate from the Following Materials:


2.9 STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Apron, Step, Cricket, and Backer Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:

1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick.

B. Valley Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:


C. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following materials:

1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch thick.

D. Eave, Rake Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:

1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch thick.

E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:


2.10 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Fascia/Wall Panel at Porte Cochre, Fasicas.

1. Aluminum – Zinc – Alloy – Coated Steel

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely

anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing

substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.



B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners[, solder], protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.

1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.

2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.

4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks.

5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

1. Coat concealed side of sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.

2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.

3.3 ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system.



B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.

1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 2. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous eave or apron flashing. 3. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet apart.

Install expansion-joint caps.

C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints.

1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c.

2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 3. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system.

3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant.

B. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification.

C. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten.

D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches.

E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with butyl sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof.

3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.

3.6 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member.



3.7 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.

C. Clean off excess sealants.

D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.

E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
